Looking For FREE ECE/EE Online Review? Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

CHAPTER 8 LAWS AND ETHICS
GENERAL ENGINEERING & APPLIED SCIENCES
OBLIGATIONS
Obligation is a juridical necessity to give, to do or not to do. It comes from the

Latin word “obligare” which means to bind.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Nature of obligations under Civil Code

Civil Obligations – legally demandable and the courts of justice may
compel their performance.
Natural Obligations – based on morality, natural law and conscience,

they are not legally demandable.
Requisites of Obligations
Juridical or legal tie – the vinculum or the link that binds the party
Prestation - consist in giving, doing or not doing something
Active subject – person who can demand the performance of the

obligation or known as the creditor or oblige
Passive subject – the person from whom prestation is demandable or

known as the debtor or obligor
Illustration:
A entered into a contract with B whereby A agreed to
deliver to B a washing machine on Monday. The
juridical tie is the contract, the prestation is the
delivery of the washing machine, the active subject
is B, and the passive subject is A.
Sources of Obligations
Law – imposed by the law itself
Illustration:
By provision of law, a husband and wife are obliged
to live together, observe mutual respect and
fidelity, and render mutual help and support.
Contracts – the meeting of minds between two persons whereby one

binds himself with respect to the other to give something or to render
service.
283
Loading Next Page
Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

Visit our website @ www.powerfulreviewcenter.com
Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
GEAS GENERAL ENGINEERING & APPLIED SCIENCES
Quasi-contracts – the act of a person, permitted by law, by which he

obligates himself towards another, or by which another binds himself to
him, without any agreement between them.
Illustration:
Suppose A owes B the sum of P50.00, but by mistake A
pays B the amount of P100.00. In this case, B must
return to A the P50.00 because as to the excess, that
is payment of something not owing (Solutio Indebiti).
Acts or omissions punished by law – refers to a crime or a penal offense,

like murder.
Illustration:
Supposing A kills B. If the court finds that A is
guilty, A will be sentenced either to imprisonment or
death, depending on the gravity of the offense.
Quasi-delicts – a legal wrong, committed through fault or negligence, on a

person or property, independent of contract.
Illustration:
Supposing Maria, while watering her flower pot in her
house, negligently caused the same to fall, hitting
Jose who suffered injuries. Maria is then obliged to
pay for the damage sustained by Jose.
Requisites of Quasi-delicts
• An act or omission;
• Accompanied by fault or negligence;
• Causing damage to another;
• There must be no pre-existing contractual relation between the
parties.
284
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
GENERAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCES
PART II LAWS and ETHICS
DIFFERENT KINDS OF OBLIGATIONS
Pure and Conditional Obligations
Pure Obligations – one which is not subject to conditions nor does it

mention a specific date for its fulfillment
Illustration:
Juan obliged himself to deliver a refrigerator to
Pedro.
Conditional Obligations – is one which is subject to a condition
Two Kinds of Conditions

• Suspensive Condition – a condition which suspends the demandability
of the obligation until the fulfilment of the condition.
Illustration:
I will give you a car if you pass the ECE
examinations.
• Resolutory Condition – produces the extinguishment of an obligation

upon the happening of the event.
Illustration:
I will let you use my car until you finish your
course in business administration.
Obligations With a Period – those whose consequences are subjected in

one way or the other to the expiration of said term.
Illustration:
A borrowed money from B in the amount of P50.00
promising to pay the amount “as soon as possible”. If
later on, they cannot agree on the specific date of
payment, the remedy of B is to go to court and ask
the court to fix the date when the debt is to be
paid.
285
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Kinds of Period
• Ex die – a period with suspensive effect
• In diem – a period with a resolutory effect and the validity of
obligation is up to a certain date
• Other Kinds:
Legal period – period established by law
Voluntary period – period agreed to by the parties
Judicial period – period authorized by the court
Alternative Obligations – is one wherein various things are due, but the
payment of one of them is sufficient, determined by the choice which as
a general rule belongs to the obligor.
Illustration:
Marc obliged himself to deliver to Edwin either a
piano or a refrigerator. The delivery of the piano or
the refrigerator is sufficient compliance with the
obligation. Marc could not compel Edwin to accept
only a part of the piano or a part of the
refrigerator because in alternative obligations
complete performance of one of the prestations is
necessary.
Joint and Solidary Obligations
Joint Obligations – is one which each of the debtors is answerable only for
a proportionate part of the debt and each one of the creditors is entitled
to a proportionate part of the credit.
Illustration:
Juan and Pedro are jointly indebted to Jose the
amount of P100.00. As such, Juan is liable to Jose
for the amount of P50.00 only, while Pedro is also
liable to Jose for the same amount of P50.00. Jose,
the creditor, is entitled to demand from Juan and
Pedro P50.00 each.
Solidary Obligations – is one which each of the debtors is liable for the
whole obligation and each of the creditors may demand compliance of
the entire obligation.
286
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Illustration:
Juan and Pedro are the solidary debtors of Jose for
the amount of P100.00. Hence either of them may be
compelled by Jose to pay the whole amount of P100.00.
So Jose can demand from Juan the amount of P100.00.
Jose can also demand from Pedro the amount of
P100.00. However, if Juan pays P100.00, then the
obligation is extinguished and the paying debtor
(Juan) is entitled to be reimbursed by his co-debtor
(Pedro) for his part of the debt, which is P50.00.
Kinds of Solidarity
• Active Solidarity – when the solidarity exists among the creditors
only.
• Passive Solidarity – when the solidarity takes place among the
debtors only.
• Mixed Solidarity – when the solidarity exists both among the creditors
and the debtors at the same time.
Divisible and Indivisible Obligations

Divisible Obligation – is one which is capable of partial performance.
Illustration:
Juan obliged himself to deliver to Pedro six sacks of
rice as follows: Three sacks of rice to be delivered
by Juan on May 1st, and Pedro to pay Juan the amount
of P150.00. Another three sacks of rice to be
delivered by Juan on June 1st, and Pedro to pay Juan
the same amount of P150.00. The obligation of Juan to
Pedro to deliver rice is divisible because the
parties intended partial performance.
Indivisible Obligation – is one which is not capable of partial performance.
Illustration:
In the preceding example, if Juan and Pedro agreed
that all the six sacks of rice should be deliver on
May 1st, then notwithstanding that the object of the
obligation is physically divisible. Nevertheless, it
is indivisible because the parties intended complete
performance at one given time. Juan, therefore, must
deliver all the six sacks of rice on May 1st. he
cannot deliver two or three or even five, because
that case the delivery still constitutes partial
performance.
287
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Three Classes of Divisions

• Qualitative – depends on quality rather than quantity
• Quantitative – depends on quantity rather than quality
• Ideal – also known as moral, intellectual or mental division
Obligations With a penal Clause
Definition of Penal Clause – an accessory undertaking to assume greater

liability in case of a breach.
Illustration:
A stipulation in the contract for the sale of a
residential lot, that the vendee would complete
within two years from the date of the sale 50% of his
residence on the lot, and, in the event of failure to
do so, the vendee would pay the vendor the sum of
P10,000.00.
Two Classifications of Penal Clause

• Subsidiary – when only the penalty can be demanded
Illustration:
A binds himself to deliver to B a Honda Civic car
at the end of the current year. They agree in
writing that should A fail to deliver the car on a
specified date, A shall pay B as penalty
P10,000.00. A fails to make the delivery. B could
demand the payment of P10,000.00 against A. B,
however could not compel A to deliver the car and
pay the penalty at the same time. The payment of
the penalty takes the place of the principal
obligation.
• Joint – when both the principal contract and the penal clause can be
enforced
Illustration:
A borrowed from B the amount of P100.00 payable on
October 10, 2007. They agreed further that should
A fail to pay the amount on the said date, A shall
pay B the amount of P10.00 as penalty. On October
288
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
10, 2007, A failed to pay B. In such case, B could

go to the court and demand payment of the
principal amount of P100.00 and also the penalty
of P10.00. However, if the penalty is iniquitous,
merciless and shocking to conscience, it shall not
be enforced. Instead it may be reduced by the
court.
EXTINGUISHMENT OF OBLIGATIONS
By Payment or Performance – payment means not only the delivery of

money but also the performance, in any other manner, of an obligation.
By the loss of the thing due – when it perishes or goes out of commerce or
disappears in such a way that its existence is unknown or it cannot be
recovered.
By the condition or remission of the debt – it is an act of liberality by which

the oblige, who receives no price or equivalent thereof, renounces the
enforcement of the obligation, which is extinguished in its entirely or in
that part or aspect of the same to which the remission refers.
Kinds of Condonation or Remission

• Complete – when the enforcement of the obligation is waived or
renounced totally
• Partial – when the waiver or renunciation refers only to a part of the
obligation.
• Express – when it is shown by words or declaration of the obligee.
• Implied – when it is inferred from the acts or conduct of the obligee.
By the confusion or merger of the rights of creditor and debtor – it is the

meeting in one person of the qualities of obligee and obligor with respect
to the same obligation.
By compensation – takes place when two persons, in their own right, are
creditors and debtors of each other.
Kinds of Compensation
• Legal compensation – takes place when compensation extinguishes
the two debts in their concurrent amounts even without the express
agreement of the parties.
• Voluntary compensation – takes place when there is compensation by
agreement of the parties as in the case of mutual set off of accounts.
289
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
• Judicial compensation – takes place when the court permits the

counterclaim of the defendant as against the claim of the plaintiff.
• Partial compensation – takes place when the two obligations are of
different amounts and a balance remains unextinguished after the
compensation.
• Total compensation – takes place when the obligations are of the
same amount and compensation extinguishes the obligations
entirely.
Illustration:
A is indebted to B in the amount of P100.00. On
the other hand, B is also indebted to A in the
amount of P100.00. Both debts are due.
Compensation will take place because both are, in
their own right, creditors and debtors of each
other.
By novation – it is the change, substitution, or renewal of an obligation or

obligatory relation, with the intention of extinguishing or modifying
essentially the former, debitum pro debito (new debt for old debt).
Kinds of Novation
• Real novation – the change in the object or principal conditions of the
obligation.
Illustration:
A obliged himself to deliver to B a car.
Subsequently, they entered into another contract
whereby instead of A delivering a car, A would
deliver a truck. The object of the obligation was
changed, so the novation was a real novation.
• Personal novation – another person is sustained in place of the debtor

or he is subrogated to the rights of the creditor.
Illustration:
A is indebted to B in the amount of P100.00. A now
requests B to accept C as debtor in his (A’s)
place. If B accepts C as his new debtor, who
assumes the obligation of A, then there is a
novation by the substitution of the person of the
debtor. If it is B who requests that he be changed
by C and A agrees, then there is also novation –
290
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
this time by the subrogation of a third person in
the place of the creditor.
• Mixed novation – the change in the person of the parties and the
objects or modification of principal condition.
Illustration:
A obliged himself to deliver to B a carabao.
Subsequently A proposed that C would take his
place but instead of delivering a carabao he would
deliver a horse. If B and C agreed, then there was
a mixed novation because the object of the
obligation and the person of the obligor were
changed.
291
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
CONTRACTS
Contract is the meeting of the minds between two persons whereby one binds
himself with respect to the other to give something or to render service. It
comes from the Latin word “contractus” which signifies an agreement.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Elements of Contracts
Essential Elements
• consent of the parties

• object or subject matter
• cause or consideration
Natural elements – are those the existence of which is presumed by law

unless there is an agreement to the contrary
Accidental elements – consist of the unusual stipulation of the parties such

as conditions, terms, etc.
Stages of a Contract:
Preparation or Conception – includes all the initial stages up to the time
the parties agree upon the terms of the contract.
Illustration:
Juan offers to sell his horse to Pedro for P2,000.00.
Pedro asks Juan to bring his horse to his place to
enable him to see whether the horse is fit for
carretela purposes. Juan brings the horse to Pedro’s
place and the latter is allowed by Juan to use his
horse in pulling Pedro’s carretela to enable the
latter to see whether the horse has sufficient speed,
is physically fit, etc. After trying the horse, Pedro
bargains with Juan as to the price. Up to this stage,
the parties are doing things leading to the meeting
of the minds.
Perfection or Birth – the time when the minds of the parties meet in
agreement upon the object or subject matter as well as to the price or
consideration.
Illustration:
292
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Juan agrees to receive P2,000.00 for his horse and
Pedro agrees to take the horse for that amount. The
contract here is perfected because there is already a
meeting of the minds.
Consummation or Termination
Illustration:
Juan delivers the horse to Pedro and the same is
accepted. Pedro gives the amount P2,000.00 as
purchase price and the latter receives it. In here,
the contract is consummated and terminated.
Classification of Contracts
Express and Implied Contracts – is one written in the intent of the parties is
shown by words, oral or written.
Executed and Executory Contracts
Executed contract – is one that has already been performed

Executory contract – is one that is not yet performed
Consensual and Real Contracts
Consensual contract – is one perfected by mere consent

Real contract – is one perfected by the delivery of the thing which is the
object of the contract
Unilateral and Bilateral Contracts
Unilateral contract – only one of the parties has an obligation

Bilateral contract – both parties has an obligation
Limitations upon the right to contract

Contrary to law – The parties to a contract cannot agree to an object or
purpose which is against the law.
Illustration:
A, for and in consideration of P1,000.00, entered
into a contract with B whereby the latter agreed to
murder C.
Against morals – No contact may be entered into which is against virtuous

conduct and ethical precept.
293
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Illustration:
A entered into a contract with B whereby for and in
consideration of P1,000.00 the latter agrees to live
with A without the benefit of marriage.
Contrary to good customs – The contracting parties are prohibited from

entering into contracts which conflict with good and established practice
or customs.
Illustration:
Pedro and Maria decided to get married on October 10,
2007. Invitations were printed and distributed to
relatives and friends and apparel were purchased
including matrimonial bed. Pedro, however walked out
of it and was never heard of again.
Contrary to public order – Signifies the public weal which are permanent
and essential in institutions.
Illustration:
An agreement that the creditor can use force or
violence to compel the debtor to pay is contrary to
public order.
Contrary to public policy – Refers not only to “public safety” but also to
considerations which are moved by the common good.
Illustration:
A entered into a contract with B wherby A will not
enter into any enterprise whatever in the
Philippines. This is against public policy as it is a
contract in restraint of trade.
ESSENTIAL REQUISITES OF CONTRACTS
Consent – manifested by the meeting of the offer and the acceptance

upon the thing and the cause which are to constitute the contract
Object of Contracts – it may be things, rights and services

• Things – must be within the commerce of men, must not be
impossible, either physical or legally and must be determinate as to
their kind.
294
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
• Rights – may be transmissible or not transmissible. Examples of
these rights are the right to vote, rights flowing from a contract of
marriage, parental authority, etc.
Cause of Contracts – the immediate, direct and proximate reason which

justifies the creation of an obligation thru the will of the contracting
parties.
Illustration:
Juan offers to sell to Jose his only white horse for
P500.00. Jose accepts the offer. Here, the consent of
the parties is manifested by the concurrence of their
wills as to the white horse and as to the price. The
object is the white horse and the cause is P500.00.
Classification of Contracts as to its Cause

Onerous Contract – the cause is the mutual undertaking or promise of
either of the contracting parties.
Illustration:
Juan sells his car to Pedro for P10,000.00.This
contract of sale creates a reciprocal obligation in
both parties. Juan is obliged to deliver the car to
Pedro and the latter is obliged to pay Juan the
purchase price of P10,000.00.
Remunetory Contract – the cause is the service or benefit for which the
remuneration is given.
Illustration:
Juan is accused for a crime in court. He retains the
services of Atty. Dela Cruz as his defense counsel
for P5,000.00. The P5,000.00 to be given by Juan to
Atty. Dela Cruz is for the professional services of
Atty. Dela Cruz.
Gratuitous Contract – the cause is the pure liberality of the giver.
Illustration:
Pedro donated a parcel of land to the municipality of
Naic, Cavite, to be used as the municipal cemetery
without receiving any valuable consideration for the
same. Here, the cause of the contract of donation is
the mere liberality of Pedro, the benefactor.
295
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Requisites of a valid cause or consideration

• The cause must be in existence.
• That the cause must be lawful and not contrary to law, morals, good
customs, public policy, and
• The cause must be true because the statement of a false cause renders
the contract void.
REFORMATION OF INSTRUMENTS
Reformation is a remedy in equity by means of which a written instrument is

made or construed so as to express or conform to the real intention of the
parties when some error or mistake has been committed.
Requisites of Reformation
• There is a valid contract;
• The contract is in writing;
• The written contract fails to express the true intention of the parties
• The failure of the written contract to express the true intention is due to
mutual mistake, fraud, inequitable conduct, or accident.
DEFECTIVE CONTRACTS
Types of Defective Contracts

Rescissible Contract – it has all the essential requisites of a contract and
the contract itself is valid, but by reason of injury or damage to third
persons, such as creditors, the contract may be rescinded.
Example of rescissible contracts

• Those which are entered into by guardians whenever the wards
whom they represent suffer lesion by more than one-fourth of the
value of the things which are the object thereof;
• Those agreed upon in representation of absentees if the latter suffer
the lesion stated in the preceding number;
• Those undertaken in fraud of creditors when the latter cannot in any
other manner collect the claims due them;
• Those which refer to things under litigation if they have been entered
into by the defendant without the knowledge and approval of the
litigants or of competent judicial authority;
• All other contracts specially declared by law to be subject to
rescission.
296
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Lesion – damage or injury suffered by the party seeking rescission
by reason of the fact that the price is unjust or inadequate
Voidable Contracts – is one that possesses all the essential requisites of a

valid contract, namely, consent, object and cause or consideration. It is a
valid contract until it is annulled.
Contracts that is voidable even though there may have been no damage to
the contracting parties
• Those where one of the parties is incapable of giving consent to a
contract;
• Those where the consent is vitiated by mistake, violence,
intimidation, undue influence or fraud.
Unenforceable Contracts – a contract is said to be unenforceable when it

cannot be sued upon or enforced in court unless it is ratified.
The following contracts are unenforceable unless they are ratified

• Those entered into the name of another person by one who has
been given no authority or legal representation, or who has acted
beyond his powers;
• Those that do not comply with the statute of frauds as set forth in
this number. In the following cases an agreement hereafter made
shall be unenforceable by action, unless the same, or some note or
memorandum thereof, be in writing, and subscribed by the party
charged, or by his agent; evidence, thereof, of the agreement cannot
be received without the writing, or a secondary evidence of its
contents.
• Those were both parties are incapable of giving consent to a
contract.
Void or Inexistent Contracts – one which is absolutely without legal force or

effect. It is not susceptible of ratification.
Contracts that are inexistent and void from the beginning

• Those whose cause, object or purpose is contrary to law, morals,
good customs, public order or public policy;
• Those which are absolutely simulated or fictitious;
• Those whose cause or object did not exist at the time of the
transaction;
• Those whose object is outside the commerce of men;
• Those which contemplate an impossible service;
297
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
• Those where the intention of the parties relative to the principal

object of the contract cannot be ascertained;
• Those expressly prohibited or declared void by law.
Characteristics of void contracts

• Void or inexistent contracts produce no legal effects whatsoever.
• Void or inexistent contracts cannot be ratified.
• The right to set up the defense of inexistence or absolute nullity
cannot be waived or renounced.
• The action or defense for the declaration of their inexistence or
absolute nullity is imprescriptible.
• The inexistence or absolute nullity of a contract cannot be invoked
by a person whose interests are not directly affected.
298
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
DAMAGES
Damages is the sum of money which the law awards or imposes as percuniary
compensation, recompense, or satisfaction for an injury done or a wrong
sustained as a consequence either of a breach of a contractual obligation or
a tortious act.
Injury – Denotes the illegal act
Types of Damages
Actual or Compensatory Damages – damages that cover actual injury or
economic loss. It is intended to put the injured party in the position he
was in prior to the injury. It typically includes medical expenses, lost
wages and the repair or replacement of property.
Moral Damages – includes physical suffering, mental anguish, fright,

serious anxiety, besmirched reputation, wounded feelings, moral shock,
social humiliation, and similar injury.
Nominal Damages – these are small and trivial sums awarded for a
technical injury due to a violation of some legal right, and as a
consequence of which some damages must be awarded to determine
the right.
Temperate or Moderate Damages – Temperate damages are such

damages as are reasonable compensation for the injury. They are more
than nominal damages but less than compensatory damages and may
be recovered when the court finds that some pecuniary loss has been
suffered but its amount cannot, from the nature of the case, be proved
with certainty.
Liquidated Damages – the amount of which has been agreed upon by the
parties or fixed by the judgement of a competent court.
Exemplary or Corrective Damages – damages which are given in

enhancement merely of the ordinary damages on account of wanton,
reckless, malicious, or oppressive character of the acts complained of.
299
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
LAW MERCHANT
Law Merchant is a branch of the unwritten law which was originally founded on
the customs of merchants, mariners and business men generally in their
dealings with one another throughout the civilized countries of the world.
The following are considered to be merchants

• Those who, having legal capacity to engage in commerce, habitually
devote themselves to it.
• Commercial or industrial companies which may be created in
accordance with law.
Legal qualifications of merchants

• Those who have completed the age of 21;
• Not being subject to the authority of the father or the mother, nor to
marital authority and;
• Have the free disposition of their property.
Persons not qualified to engage in commerce

• Persons sentenced to civil interdiction;
• Persons who have been declared bankrupts and;
• Persons who are prohibited from trading under special laws.
Persons not qualified to engage in business:

• Officers and employees in the civil service, whether classified or
unclassified, shall not engage in any private business, vocation, or
profession, or be connected with any commercial undertaking, without
written permission from the chief of the bureau or office in which they are
serving, and of the President of the Republic or proper department head.
• The heads of departments and chiefs of bureaus or offices and their
assistants shall not, during their continuance in office, engage in the
practice of any profession or intervene, directly or indirectly, in the
management or control of any private enterprise which in any way may
be affected by the functions of their office; nor shall they, directly or
indirectly, be financially interested in any contract with the Government,
or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
300
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Registration of Merchants
• Bureau of Commerce – for those merchants having their place of
business in Manila
• Register of Deeds – for those in the provinces
• Securities and Exchange Commission – for corporations and all
partnerships with a capital of three thousand pesos (P3,000.00) or more
• Bureau of Customs – in the case of vessels, those more than 3 tons
gross
301
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
TEST – 8-1
1. A juridical necessity to give, to do, or not to do.
A. Contracts
B. Obligation
C. Quasi-delicts
D. Condition
2. Obligation comes from the latin word ________ which means to bind.
A. Obligum
B. Obligate
C. Obligare
D. Obligus
3. A legal wrong, committed through fault or negligence, on a person or

property, independent of contract.
A. Contracts
B. Obligation
C. Quasi-delicts
D. Condition
4. A nature of obligation under civil code which is legally demandable and

the courts of justice may compel their performance.
A. Civil Obligations
B. Natural Obligation
C. Pure Obligation
D. Condition
5. A nature of obligation under civil code based on morality, natural law

and conscience, they are not legally demandable.
A. Civil Obligations
B. Natural Obligation
C. Pure Obligation
D. Condition
302
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
6. Requisites of obligations which is the vinculum or the link that binds the
party
A. Juridical or legal tie
B. Prestation
C. Active subject
D. Passive subject
7. Requisites of obligation consist in giving, doing or not doing something

B. Prestation
C. Active subject
D. Passive subject
8. Requisites of obligation that refers to a person who can demand the

performance of the obligation or known as the creditor or oblige

B. Prestation
C. Active subject
D. Passive subject
9. Requisites of obligation that refers to a person from whom prestation is

demandable or known as the debtor or obligor

B. Prestation
C. Active subject
D. Passive subject
10. One of the following is not considered as a source of obligation.
A. Law
B. Contracts
C. Quasi-delicts
D. Work
303
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
11. The following are requisites of Quasi-delicts except
A. An act or omission
B. Accompanied by fault or negligence
C. There must be no pre-existing contractual relation between the
parties.
D. Acts or omissions punished by law
12. An obligation which is not subject to conditions or burdens nor does it

mention a specific date for its fulfilment and as such it is immediately
demandable.
A. Pure obligation
B. Conditional obligation
C. Reciprocal obligation
D. Alternative obligation
13. An uncertain event which wields an influence on a legal relation.
A. Pure obligation
B. Condition
14. An obligation which is a subject to a condition.
A. Pure obligation
B. Conditional obligation
15. A kind of condition which suspends the demandability of the obligation

until the fulfilment of the condition.
A. Suspensive Condition
B. Alternative obligation
D. Resolutory Condition
304
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
16. A kind of condition that produces the extinguishment of an obligation

upon the happening of the event.
A. Suspensive Condition
B. Alternative obligation
D. Resolutory Condition
17. An obligation whose consequences are subjected in one way or the

other to the expiration of said term.
A. Pure obligation
B. Obligations with a period
18. “A” borrowed money from “B” in the amount of P50.00 promising to pay
the amount “as soon as possible”. If later on, they cannot agree on the
specific date of payment, the remedy of “B” is to go to court and ask the
court to fix the date when the debt is to be paid. This illustrates:
A. Pure obligation
B. Obligations with a period
19. A kind of period with suspensive effect.
A. Ex die
B. In diem
C. Legal period
D. Voluntary period
20. A kind of period with a resolutory effect and the validity of obligation is
up to a certain date
A. Ex die
B. In diem
C. Legal period
D. Voluntary period
305
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
21. A period established by law.
A. Ex die
B. In diem
C. Legal period
D. Voluntary period
22. A period agreed to by the parties.
A. Judicial period
B. In diem
C. Legal period
D. Voluntary period
23. A period authorized by the court.
A. Judicial period
B. In diem
C. Legal period
D. Voluntary period
24. An obligation where two parties are mutually obliged to do or to give

something.
A. Pure obligation
B. Condition
25. Marc obliged himself to deliver to Edwin either a piano or a refrigerator.

The delivery of the piano or the refrigerator is sufficient compliance with
the obligation. Marc could not compel Edwin to accept only a part of the
piano or a part of the refrigerator because this illustrates:
A. Pure obligation
B. Condition
306
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
26. An obligation wherein various things are due, but the payment of one of
them is sufficient, determined by the choice which as a general rule
belongs to the obligor.
A. Pure obligation
B. Condition
27. One in which each of the debtors is answerable only for a proportionate
part of the debt, and each one of the creditors is entitled to a
proportionate part of the credit
A. Joint obligation
B. Solidary obligation
C. Divisible obligation
D. Indivisible obligation
28. One in which each of the debtors is liable for the whole obligation and
each of the creditors may demand compliance of the entire obligation.
A. Joint obligation
29. A kind of solidarity when it exists among the creditors only.
A. Active Solidarity
B. Passive Solidarity
C. Mixed Solidarity
D. Solo Solidarity
30. When the solidarity takes place among the debtors only, it is called
C. Mixed Solidarity
D. Solo Solidarity
307
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
31. When the solidarity exists both among the creditors and the debtors at
the same time, this is called
C. Mixed Solidarity
D. Solo Solidarity
32. An obligation which is capable of partial performance.
A. Joint obligation
33. Juan obliged himself to deliver to Pedro six sacks of rice as follows:
Three sacks of rice to be delivered by Juan on May 1st, and Pedro to
pay Juan the amount of P150.00. Another three sacks of rice to be
delivered by Juan on June 1st, and Pedro to pay Juan the same amount
of P150.00. This illustrates:
A. Joint obligation
34. A type division that depends on quality rather than quantity
A. Qualitative
B. Quantitative
C. Ideal
D. Moral
35. A type of division that depends on quantity rather than quality
A. Qualitative
B. Quantitative
C. Ideal
D. Mental
308
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
36. A type of division also known as moral, intellectual or mental division

A. Qualitative
B. Quantitative
C. Ideal
D. All of the above
37. It is an accessory undertaking to assume greater liability in case of

breach.
A. Law
B. Penal clause
C. Stipulation
D. Preceding
38. “A” binds himself to deliver to “B” a Honda Civic car at the end of the
current year. They agree in writing that should “A” fail to deliver the car
on a specified date, “A” shall pay “B” as penalty P10,000.00. “A” fails to
make the delivery. “B” could demand the payment of P10,000.00 against
“A”. “B”, however could not compel “A” to deliver the car and pay the
penalty at the same time. This is ______ type of penal clause:
A. Joint
B. Subsidiary
C. Solo
D. Partial
39. A classification of penal clause when both the principal contract and the
penal clause can be enforced.
A. Joint
B. Subsidiary
C. Solo
D. Partial
40. An obligation can be extinguished by the following except
A. By Payment or Performance
B. By the condition or remission of the debt
C. By altering the signature
D. By the loss of the thing due
309
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
41. An obligation which is not capable of partial performance.
A. Joint obligation
42. A kind of remission when the enforcement of the obligation is waived or

renounced totally.
A. Partial
B. Complete
C. Express
D. Implied
43. A remission when the waiver or renunciation refers only to a part of the
obligation.
A. Partial
B. Complete
C. Express
D. Implied
44. A remission when it is shown by words or declaration of the obligee.
A. Partial
B. Complete
C. Express
D. Implied
45. A remission when it is inferred from the acts or conduct of the obligee.
A. Partial
B. Complete
C. Express
D. Implied
310
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
46. A type of compensation that takes place when compensation

extinguishes the two debts in their concurrent amounts even without the
express agreement of the parties. Judicial compensation
A. Legal compensation
B. Voluntary compensation
C. Judicial compensation
D. Partial compensation
47. A type of compensation that takes place when there is compensation by

agreement of the parties as in the case of mutual set off of accounts.
B. Voluntary compensation
48. A type of compensation that takes place when the court permits the
counterclaim of the defendant as against the claim of the plaintiff.
B. Total compensation
49. A type of compensation that takes place when the two obligations are of
different amounts and a balance remains unextinguished after the
compensation.
50. A type of compensation that takes place when the obligations are of the
same amount and compensation extinguishes the obligations entirely.
311
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
51. A. novation where the principal conditions of the obligation is change.
A. True novation
B. Real novation
C. Personal novation
D. Substitute novation
52. “A” obliged himself to deliver to “B” a car. Subsequently, they entered
into another contract whereby instead of “A” delivering a car, “A” would
deliver a truck. This illustrates:
A. True novation
B. Real novation
53. A novation where another person is sustained in place of the debtor or

he is subrogated to the rights of the creditor.
A. True novation
B. Real novation
54. A novation where there is a change in the person of the parties and the
objects or modification of principal condition.
A. Mixed novation
B. Real novation
55. It is the meeting of minds between two persons whereby one binds
himself with respect to the other to give something or to render some
service.
A. Contracts
B. Obligation
C. Quasi-delicts
D. Condition
312
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
56. A contract comes from the Latin word ______ which signifies an
agreement.
A. Kontrus
B. contractus
C. Tractum
D. contractumus
57. The following are considered to be the essential elements of contracts

except
A. consent of the parties

B. object or subject matter
C. cause or consideration
D. effects to the subject
58. An element of contracts which refers to those the existence of which is

presumed by law unless there is an agreement to the contrary
A. Essential element
B. Natural elements
C. Accidental elements
D. Unnatural elements
59. Refers to an element of contracts that consist of the unusual stipulation

of the parties such as conditions, terms, etc.
A. Essential element
B. Natural elements
C. Accidental elements
D. Unnatural elements
60. A stage of a contract that includes all the initial stages up to the time the
parties agree upon the terms of the contract.
A. Preparation or Conception
B. Perfection or Birth
C. Consummation or Termination
D. Deliberation
313
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
61. A stage of a contract that refers to the time when the minds of the parties
meet in agreement upon the object or subject matter as well as to the
price or consideration.
D. Deliberation
62. Juan agrees to receive P2,000.00 for his horse and Pedro agrees to take
the horse for that amount. This refers to what stage of the contract
D. Deliberation
63. Juan delivers the horse to Pedro and the same is accepted. Pedro gives
the amount P2,000.00 as purchase price and the latter receives it.
This is an example of what stage of the contract
D. Deliberation
64. A contract wherein the intent of the parties is shown by words, oral or
written.
A. Express contract
B. Implied contracts
C. Executed contracts
D. Executory contracts
65. A contract wherein the intent of the parties is shown by conduct.
A. Express contract
314
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
66. A contract that has already been performed.

A. Express contract
67. A contract that has not yet performed.
A. Express contract
68. A contract that is perfected by mere consent, such as a contract of sale.
A. Consensual contract
B. Bilateral contract
C. Real contract
D. Unilateral contract
69. A contract that is perfected by delivery of the thing which is the object of
the contract.
C. Real contract
70. A contract where only one of the parties has an obligation such as in
commodatum or gratuitous deposit.
C. Real contract
71. A contract that creates reciprocal obligations.
C. Real contract
315
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
72. “A”, for and in consideration of P1,000.00, entered into a contract with
“B” whereby the latter agreed to murder “C”. This limitation upon the right
to contract that refers to
A. Contrary to law
B. Against moral
C. Contrary to good customs
D. Contrary to public order
73. “A” entered into a contract with “B” whereby for and in consideration of
P100,000.00 the latter agrees to live with “A” without the benefit of
marriage. This limitation upon the right to contract that refers to
A. Contrary to law
B. Against moral
74. Pedro and Maria decided to get married on October 10, 2007. Invitations
were printed and distributed to relatives and friends and apparel were
purchased including matrimonial bed. Pedro, however walked out of it
and was never heard of again. This limitation upon the right to contract
that refers to
A. Contrary to law
B. Against moral
75. “A” entered into a contract with “B” wherby “A” will not enter into any
enterprise whatever in the Philippines. This limitation upon the right to
contract that refers to
A. Contrary to law
B. Against moral
316
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
76. The following are requisites of contracts except

A. Consent
B. Object of contract
C. Cause of contract
D. Effect of contract
77. A classification of contracts as to its “cause” where the cause is the pure
liberality of the giver.
A. Gratuitous Contract
B. Remunetory Contract
C. Onerous Contract
D. Liberation Contract
78. A classification of contracts as to its “cause” where the cause is the

service or benefit for which the remuneration is given.
C. Onerous Contract
79. A classification of contracts as to its “cause” where the cause is the

mutual undertaking or promise of either of the contracting parties.
C. Onerous Contract
80. Remedy in equity by means of which a written instrument is made or

construed so as to express or conform to the real intention of the parties
when some error or mistake has been committed.
A. Reformation
B. Novation
C. Defect
D. Erroneous
317
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
81. Which of the following cannot be considered as a requisite of reformation
A. There is a valid contract;

B. The contract is in writing;
C. The oral contract expresses the true intention of the parties
D. The failure of the written contract to express the true intention is
due to mutual mistake, fraud, inequitable conduct, or accident.
82. A defective contract where it has all the essential requisites of a contract
and the contract itself is valid, but by reason of injury or damage to third
persons, such as creditors, the contract may be rescinded.
A. Rescissible Contract
B. Voidable Contracts
C. Unenforceable Contracts
D. Void or Inexistent Contracts
83. A damage or injury suffered by the party seeking rescission by reason of

the fact that the price is unjust or inadequate.
A. damage
B. effect
C. lesion
D. payment
84. A contract which possesses all the essential requisites of a valid

contract, namely, consent, object and cause or consideration. It is a valid
contract until it is annulled.
A. Void or Inexistent contract

B. Unenforceable contracts
C. Voidable contracts
D. Negotiorum Gestio
85. A contract which is absolutely without legal force or effect.

318
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
86. When a contract cannot be sued upon or enforced in court unless it is

ratified is said to be
87. It is the voluntary administration of the abandoned business or property

belonging to another without the consent of the latter.
88. It is the sum of money which the law awards or imposes as percuniary
compensation, recompense, or satisfaction for an injury done or a wrong
sustained as a consequence either of a breach of a contractual
obligation or a tortious act.
A. Payment
B. Injury
C. Damages
D. Compensation
89. Damages that cover actual injury or economic loss. It typically includes
medical expenses, lost wages and the repair or replacement of property.
A. Actual or Compensatory Damages
B. Nominal Damages
C. Moral Damages
D. Temperate or Moderate Damages
90. Damages that includes physical suffering, mental anguish, fright, serious
anxiety, besmirched reputation, wounded feelings, moral shock, social
humiliation, and similar injury.

B. Nominal Damages
C. Moral Damages
319
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
91. Damages which are small and trivial sums awarded for a technical injury
due to a violation of some legal right, and as a consequence of which
some damages must be awarded to determine the right.

B. Nominal Damages
C. Moral Damages
92. Damages that are reasonable compensation for the injury.

B. Nominal Damages
C. Moral Damages
93. “Damages” where the amount of which has been agreed upon by the
parties or fixed by the judgement of a competent court.
A. Liquidated Damages
B. Exemplary Damages
C. Corrective Damages
D. Compensatory Damages
94. Damages which are given in enhancement merely of the ordinary

damages on account of wanton, reckless, malicious, or oppressive
character of the acts complained of.
B. Nominal Damages
C. Moral Damages
D. Exemplary or Corrective Damages
95. Branch of the unwritten law which was originally founded on the customs
of merchants, mariners and business men generally in their dealings with
one another throughout the civilized countries of the world.
A. Law Merchant
B. Law of businessmen
C. Law of mariners
D. Law of people
320
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Philippine Electronics Code
Volume 1
SAFETY
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROTECTION AND GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS
Electrical Hazards
Lightning – an electrical discharge which occurs between clouds and also
from cloud to earth.
Power contact / induction
Acoustic Shock – results from abnormally high sound level, the physical
effects of which may vary from minor discomfort to serious injury.
Electric Shock – current through the body rather than voltage of the circuit
determines electric shock intensity. Voltage is significant only in so far as
it is one of the factors determining the magnitude of current.
• The average resistance of a dry adult human body is approximately

1000 ohms. Wet or damaged skin reduces this figure and 1500
ohms is a conservative figure representing the body resistance for
safety calculations.
• Ventricular fibrillation is likely to occur when a 60Hz rms current of
0.030 amperes and above passes through one’s chest cavity.
Because of this, any circuit from which in excess of 30ma rms AC or
90ma DC can be drawn through a 1500 ohm resistor (45V RMS AC
OR 135VDC) shall be classified as hazardous.
• The potential difference at any time between any exposed structure
(Equipment cabinets, Housings, Supports, etc.) to ground (Floor,
Earth, etc.) or between any exposed structure within the reach of an
adult person (Approx. 1.5 meters) shall be no greater than 45 volts
rms AC or 135 volts DC.
• The potential difference at any time between two points on the floor
or earth surface separated by a distance of one pace, or about one
meter, in the direction of maximum potential gradient shall be no
greater than 45 volts rms AC or 135 volts DC.
321
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Protection Methods
Shielding – it is the provision of a grounded electrical conducting material
located such that foreign potential will be intercepted and surge currents
diverted to ground with the least damage to plant equipment possible.
Voltage Limiting – prevents development of hazardous potential
difference in communication plant by direct bonding, when permissible or
by use of surge arresters, discharge gaps, diodes, etc. which operate
under abnormal voltage condition.
Current Limiting and Interrupting – current in a circuit can be kept from
rising above a predetermined value by the use of a fuse in series with a
circuit. When current flows through a fuse for a specified time with a
magnitude greater than its rating, the fuse will interrupt the current.
Grounding and Bonding – used to divert undesired currents before they
reach the equipment being protected and often are installed both at and
some distance away from the protected equipment.
• Ground Resistance – it is the resistance path of a ground connection

which includes the ground wire and its connection to ground
electrode. The ground electrode, the contact between the electrode
and the earth and the surrounding soil. This value should NEVER
EXCEED 5.0 OHMS FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, ANTENNA
TOWERS, AND ALL ALLIED INSTALLATIONS, AND 25 OHMS
FOR OUTSIDE PLANT TELEPHONE POLES AND MANHOLES
AS WELL AS CUSTOMER PREMISES.
• Made Ground – it is an electrode buried in the ground for the purpose

of establishing a low resistance electrical contact with the earth.
Example: driven rods, driven pipes, buried plates, buried cones, or
other similar devices placed in the ground.
Methods and Materials

Lightning Rods – is a metal strip or rod, usually of copper or similar
conductive material, designed to protect tall or isolated structures (such
as the roof of a building or the mast of a vessel) from lightning damage.
Fuses and Current Interrupting - a device used in electrical systems to
protect against excessive current.
322
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Surge Arresters – these are normally open circuited devices and pass no
significant current at normal operating potentials.
Grounding and Bonding - provides certain level of safety to humans and
property in case of equipment damages.
Measurements
Ground Resistance Test Methods – measurement procedures that is simple
and straight forward and the instruments are mostly direct reading.
Methods for Ground Resistance Measurements

• Direct Method or two terminal test – the simplest way to make an
earth resistance test.
• The fall of potential method or three terminal test
• Voltmeter-Ammeter Method
• Triangulation Method
Earth Resistivity – it is the resistance of parallel faces of a one cubic

centimeter of soil. Expressed in ohm-centimeter.
Determining Good Electrode Location
• Drive rods in various locations to such depths as may be required
and measure the resistances while the rods are being driven.
• Measure the earth resistivity before driving ground rods then
calculate the number and length of rods required.
How to Improve Grounds
• Lengthen the ground-electrode in the earth.
• Use multiple rods.
• Treat the soil when 1 & 2 are not feasible.
Maintenance and Inspection

Grounding system requirements from year to year can change
depending on the following factors:
• A plant or facility can expand in size or change its operation and
such changes create different needs in the grounding system.
• As more non-metallic pipes and conduits are installed underground,
such installation becomes less and less dependable as effective
low-resistance ground connections.
• In many locations, the water table is gradually falling, and grounds
formerly effective may end up uneffective.
323
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Ground resistance shall be tested when installed and periodically

afterwards, at least once a year during the dry or non-rainy months and
ALL VALUES OBTAINED SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN THE RULE
REQUIRED. (See protection method).
All ground connections, be it solderless or soldered, shall be checked at

least once a year to be sure they are tight. Physical damage to ground
wires shall be checked at the same time and damages rectified or
damaged conductors replaced.
Do not test grounds during thunderstorm days.
Never take hold of two wires or a wire or rod or probe in such a way that
you complete a circuit through yourself.
Stray earth currents, accidental contacts or ground faults in the power

system may produce an undeterminable difference of potential between
two points, so use rubber gloves and handle ground wires under test as
if they are energized.
GENERAL STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
Loading Zones
Heavy Loading Zone – this loading shall be taken as the resultant stress
due to wind and dead weight for 240 kph wind velocity.
Medium Loading Zone - this loading shall be taken as the resultant stress
due to wind and dead weight for 200 kph wind velocity.
Light Loading Zone - this loading shall be taken as the resultant stress due
to wind and dead weight for 160 kph wind velocity.
324
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
POWER SOURCES
Storage Batteries and Chargers

Batteries should be located where temperatures range between 15.5 and
32.2 degrees Celsius (60 degrees and 90 degrees Fahrenheit). Higher
temperature will shorten battery life and lower temperature will decrease
the ampere-hour capacity and may damage the battery by freezing
especially when the batteries are in low state of charge.
Lead acid or similar gas emitting battery installations where the
aggregate power (ampere-hour rating, at the 8-hour rate to 1.75 volts per
cell multiplied by the battery voltage) exceeds 5 kilowatts shall be located
in a properly ventilated room separated from the equipment room or
location where people are staying.
Explosion resistant vents shall be provided for all lead acid or similar gas
emitting batteries above 10 ampere-hour capacity and ascertained by
periodic inspection that the vents are free from obstruction.
Ventilation of the battery room is very important especially during high
charging and discharging condition. Although the battery is fitted with an
explosion proof vent, an enclosed room could develop a sufficiently high
concentration of an explosive gaseous mixture which could be ignited by
sparks from adjacent electrical or electronic equipment as well as
accidental sparks or open flame introduced by personnel. All air moved
by ventilation in the battery room or area should be exhausted into the
outside atmosphere and should not be allowed to recirculate into other
confined areas.
Smoking and storing of inflammable materials is prohibited in battery
rooms and “NO SMOKING” signs should be posted in conspicuous
locations inside and before entering battery rooms.
Batteries, where the corrosive electrolyte maybe added in the field or
customer location, transported by air or boat shall be shipped “dry
charged”. They may be transported with electrolyte via land
transportation provided electrolyte leakage or spillage are contained with
its crate or carton and proper markers regarding handling precautions
are clearly marked on its crate or carton.
Batteries on racks shall be provided with earthquake bracings which hold
the sides of the batteries and prevent them from falling off the rack.
For noise consideration, grounds may have to be separated as one of
the various possible means to help meet noise objectives and, in such
325
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
case, the grounds may be insulated from each other except at the final
point of earth connection at the master ground bar or earth electrode.
Power cables are sized to limit the voltage drop due to resistance of the
cable and hole heating of the cables to a safe limit. The limits of
minimum voltage are critical to the operation of the equipment; therefore,
it is important that voltage drops in the cabling be carefully controlled.
Attempt should be made to limit the overall voltage drop from the battery
to the working equipment to a maximum of one volt. The final selection of
cable size should be generous since the calculation makes no allowance
for voltage drop due to items such as fuses, switches, etc.
Various battery voltage may be derived by connecting a number of cells
in series and in all cases the rule required is not violated. (See Electrical
Hazards).
Frames of battery chargers, battery enclosures if provided, and all
exposed metallic structures shall be bonded together and grounded,
meeting the required rule. (See Electrical Hazards).
Caustic soda or either acid neutralizing agents should be stored and
available in battery rooms for use in accidental electrolyte or acid
spillage.
326
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Access – a point of entry or a means of entry into a circuit
Accessible – admitting close approach because not guarded

by locked doors, elevation or other effective
means.
Accessible part – a part so located that it can be contacted by a

person, either directly or by menas of a probe or
tool, or that is not recessed the required distance
behind an opening.
Accessories – devices that perform a secondary or minor duty

as an adjunct or refinement to the primary or
major duty of a unit of equipment.
Acoustics – the science of sound
Acoustic Shock – the physical pain, dizzeness and sometimes

nausea caused by hearing a sudden very loud
sound. The threshold of pain is about 120 dBm.
Aging – the change in properties of a material with time.
Air Gap – a separating space between two magnetic

materials or conductors.
Alarm – a visual or audible signal which alerts personnel

to the existence of an abnormal condition
Alive – to have an electrical potential or charge different

from that of the earth.
Alpeth – a type of telephone cable sheath featuring a

corrugated aluminium tape applied longitudinally
and a polyethelene jacket overall.
327
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
American Wire Gauge – a scale of cross sectional measurement for non-

ferrous (copper, bronze, aluminium, etc.) wires
Ampere-Hour – the quantity of electricity represented by a

current of one ampere that flows for one hour.
Anchor – any device which holds something secure; a

device buried in the ground to which anchor rods
and guys are fastened.
Anhydrous Antenna – dry; containing no water. A means for radiating

or receiving radio waves.
Appliance – any device that uses or needs electricity or

usually an alectric current supply to perform a
certain function or operation; any equipment,
usually complete in itself, that transforms electric
energy into another form usually, visual, heat, or
motion at the point of utilization.
Arrester – device which diverts high transient voltage to

ground and away from the equipment thus
protected; the voltage limiting portion of a
protector.
Arrester Gas-Filled – protector consisting of opposing spaced metal

electrodes within a sealed tube or enclosure filled
with gas such as neon or argon.
Assembly – a grouping of components to accomplish a

particular function
Atmosphere, Explosive – air holding in suspension dust, metal particles or

flammable gas in such proportions that may ignite
explosively
328
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Attachments – all of the plant elements (cables, cross-arms,
brackets, etc) which are fastened to a supporting
structure such as a pole.
Audio – pertaining to frequencies which can be heard by

the human ear.
Automatic – describing the actions of a device or equipment

which are taken without human supervision in
response to certain pre-determined conditions.
Backbone – the main system route, usually the route carrying

the majority of the traffic, and often the longest
series of cascaded hops.
Bandwith – range of frequencies of a device, within which its

performance, in respect to some characteristics
conform to specified limits; the difference between
the upper and lower limits of the operating
frequency of the device.
Baseband – band of frequencies occupied by the aggregate

of all the information signals used to modulate a
carrier.
Battery – a group of two or more cells connected together

to furnish current by conversion of chemical,
thermal, solar or nuclear energy into electrical
energy.
Bond – a low resistance electrical connection between

two cable sheaths, between two ground
connections or between similar parts of two
circuits.
Bus – a conductor or group of conductors, that serve

as a common connection for two or more circuits.
329
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Cable – assembly of insulated conductors into a

compact form which is covered by a flexible,
waterproof, protective covering.
Circuit – the complete electrical path between terminals

over which telecommunications are provided.
Climbing Space – the vertical space reserved along the side of a

pole or tower to permit ready access for linemen
to equipment and conductors located thereon.
Conductor – anything such as a wire or cable which is

suitable for the carrying of an electric current.
Communication – transmitting and or receiving of information

signals, or messages between two or more points.
dB – abbreviation for “decibel” which is one-tenth of a

bel. A unit expressing the ratio of two voltages,
currents or powers. It is equal to 20 times the
common logarithm of the ratio of the two voltages
or two currents and 10 times the common
logarithm of the ratio of the two powers.
Dropwire – insulated wires, used to run a subscriber’s line

from the terminal on the pole to the protector at
the house or building.
Electronics – the branch of science and technology which

deals with the control and utilization of electron
flow.
Electronic Switching – the selective interconnection of channels of

communication by means consisting essentially if
not entirely of electronic circuitry and circuit
elements.
330
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Explosion proof – one that is designed and constructed to

withstand an explosion og a gas or vapour that
may occur within it or in its immediate vicinity and
to prevent the ignition of the gas or vapour
surrounding or within its enclosure.
Exposed Part – a part which can be inadvertently touched or

approached nearer than a safe distance.
Facility – anything used or available for use in the

furnishing of communication service.
Facilities – the elements used or available for use in the

furnishing of communication service, such as radio
facilities, outside plant facilities, indoor plant
facilities, etc.
Fault – a physical condition that causes a device, a

component or a element to fail to perform in a
required manner.
Fault current – a current that flows from one conductor to

ground or to another conductor owing to any
abnormal connection (including an arc) between
the two.
Flame Proof – apparatus so treated such that it will not

maintain a flame or will not be injured readily
when subjected to flame.
Flame Retarding – property of materials or structures such that they

will not convey flame or continue to burn for longer
times than specified in the appropriate flame test.
Flashover – a discharge through air, around or over the

surface of solid, liquid or other insulation, between
parts of different potential of polarity, produced by
331
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
the application of voltage such that the breakdown

path becomes sufficiently ionized to maintain an
electric arc.
Fuse – a device used for protection against excessive

currents. Consisting of a short length of fusible
metal strip which melts when the current through it
exceeds the rated amount for a definite time.
Ground – a conducting connection, whether intentional or

accidental, by which an electric circuit or
equipment is connected to earth, or to some
conducting body of relatively large extent that
serves in place of the earth.
Ground Bus – a bus to which the grounds from individual

pieces of equipment are connected, and, that, in
turn, is connected to ground at one or more
points.
Ground Ring – a configuration of grounding conductors arrange

around a structure such as building, tower footing,
tower guy anchor etc. normally connected to an
earth ground at one or more points.
Guy – a tension member (of solid or stranded wires)

used to withstand an otherwise unbalanced force
on a pole or other overhead line structures.
Guy, Overhead – a guy extending from a pole or structure or tree

and is sometimes called a span guy.
Guy, Anchor – a guy which has its lower anchorage in the

earth.
332
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Guy Exposed – a guy which has any part less than 2.5 meters
from the vertical plane of any electric power
conductor of more than 250 volts.
Guy in Proximity – a guy which has any part within a vertical

distance of less than 2.5 meters from the level of
power conductors and a radial distance of less
than 1.8 meters from the surface of a wooden pole
or structure.
Guarded – covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or

otherwise protected by means of suitable covers
or casings, barrier rails or screens, or platform to
remove the likelihood of dangerous contact with or
approach by persons or objects to a point of
danger.
Handhole – an opening in an underground run or system

into which workers reach, but do not enter. A sub-
surface box having a cover flush with the ground.
Hazard – any condition which imperils life, limb and

property.
Insulated – separated from other conducting surfaces by a

dielectric substance or air space permanently
offering a high resistance to the passage of
current and to disruptive discharge through the
substance or space. When any object is said to be
insulated, it is understood to be insulated in
suitable manner for the conditions to which it is
subjected. Otherwise, it is, within the purpose of
this code, uninsulated.
Joint Use – occupancy of poles or structures by two or more

different entities by mutual agreement.
333
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Lightning Arrester – a device designed to protect apparatus from

high transient voltage, by diverting surge current
to ground and capable of repeating this function
as specified.
Lines, Communication – the channels or conductors and their supporting

or containing components or structures usually
located outdoors which are used for
transmission/reception of information/intelligence
in communication service (telephone, telegraph,
data telemetering, video, etc.).
Lines, Power – the conductors and their supporting or

containing structures which are located outdoors
used for transmitting a supply of electrical energy.
Maintenance – all of the work required to keep the plant,

circuits, lines, facilities, systems and services up
to standards. This includes testing, trouble
clearing, repairing, and replacing defective
elements.
Manhole – a subsurface chamber, large enough for a

person to enter, in the route of one or more
conduit runs, and affording facilities for placing
and maintaining in the runs, conductors, cables
and any associated apparatus.
Manual – operated by mechanical force, applied directly

by personal intervention.
Messenger – stranded steel wires in a group which generally

is not a part of the conducting system, its primary
function being to support wires or cables of the
system.
334
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Noise – any unwanted disturbance in a communication

system which tends to obscure the clarity and
validity of a signal in relation to its intended end
use.
Operating Control – a control, usually a knob, pushbutton or lever,

provided to enable the user to cause the
appliance to perform its intended function, without
the use of tools, when the appliance is in normal
operating condition.
Plant – a general term applied to the whole or portion of

the physical property of a communication
company which contributes to the furnishing of
communication service.
Plant, Inside – all plant which is inside of buildings.
Plant, Outside – all plant which is “out of doors” not in buildings,

such as poles, conduits, cables, etc. installed
overhead or underground.
Practicable – capable of being accomplished by reasonably

available and economic means.
Protector – a device which provides protection from over-

voltage and or over-current.
Protector, Carbon Block – a protector whose voltage limiting element

utilizes carbon blocks.
Protector, Gas Tube – a protector whose voltage limiting element

employs electrodes in a gas filled (neon, argon,
etc.) envelope.
Qualified – persons trained and authorized for the

construction, maintenance and operation of the
335
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
apparatus, circuit or system and responsible for

the safety precautions involved.
Radiant Energy – any energy which radiated in the form of radio

waves, infrared (heat) waves, light waves, x-rays.
etc.
Radiate – the spreading out of radiant energy
Rod, Ground – a metallic rod, driven into the ground to provide

an electrical connection to the earth.
Rod, Lightning – a metallic rod carried above the highest point of

a pole or structure and connected to earth by a
heavy copper conductor intended to carry
lightning currents directly to earth.
Reconstruction – that work which in any way changes the identity

of the plant or station or portions thereof.
Service Drop – the installation from the terminal on the pole to

the protector at the customer’s premises.
Sag – the maximum departure, measured vertically, of

a wire or cable in a given span from a straight line
between the two points of support of the span at
60 degrees celcius and no wind loading.
Span – the horizontal distance between two adjacent

supporting points of a cable or wire.
Supply Circuit – the branch circuit supplying electrical energy to

the equipment or appliance.
System, Electronic – a configuration or arrangement of one or more

electronic equipment producing the desired
performance.
336
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Telecommunication – any transmission, emission or reception of signs,
signals, writings, images, sounds or intelligence of
any nature by wire, radio, visual or other
electromagnetic system or such other system that
may in the future become known or developed.
Tensile Strength – the pulling stress required to break a material,

such as a wire, expressed in kilograms of stress
per cross-sectional area.
Tension – mechanical stress caused by forces which tend

to stretch or severe the material stressed.
Tension, Maximum – one-half of the tensile strength for messengers
Allowable guys, etc. and one-forth of the tensile strength for

communication cables and wires.
Tower Displacement – the horizontal displacement of a point on the

tower axis from its no-wind load position at that
elevation.
Tower Sway – tower sway at any specified elevation shall be

defined as the angular displacement of a tangent
to the tower axis at the elevation from its no-wind
load position at that elevation.
Tower Twist – the horizontal angular displacement of the tower

from its no-wind position at that elevation.
Underground – describing communication facilities installed

below the surface of the earth.
Working Space – the space extending laterally from the climbing

space, reserved for working below, above and
between conductor levels; the space surrounding
a device or equipment.
337
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
TEST – 8-2
1. An electrical discharge which occurs between clouds and also from cloud
to earth.
A. Thunder
B. Lightning
C. Corona
D. Aurora
2. Results from abnormally high sound level, the physical effects of which
may vary from minor discomfort to serious injury.
A. Electrical Shock
B. Super Sonic
C. Acoustic Shock
D. Sonic Boom
3. The factor that determines the intensity of electric shock is
A. current
B. voltage
C. resistance
D. conductance
4. The average resistance of a dry adult human body is approximately:
A. 10 000 ohms
B. 100 000 ohms
C. 1 000 ohms
D. 100 ohms
5. Ventricular fibrillation is likely to occur when a 60Hz rms current of

_____amperes and above passes through one’s chest cavity.
A. 0.010
B. 0.11
C. 0.030
D. 0.33
338
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
6. The minimum voltage value that is considered hazardous is:
A. 45V RMS AC
B. 12V RMS AC
C. 24V RMS AC
D. 50V RMS AC
7. The minimum voltage value that is considered hazardous is:
A. 150V DC
B. 45V DC
C. 135V DC
D. 160V DC
8. The potential difference at any time between two points on the floor or
earth surface separated by a distance of one pace, or about one meter,
in the direction of maximum potential gradient shall be no greater than
_______.
A. 45 volts rms AC or 135 volts DC

B. 25 volts rms AC or 115 volts DC
C. 15 volts rms AC or 105 volts DC
D. 55 volts rms AC or 145 volts DC
9. It is the provision of a grounded electrical conducting material located

such that foreign potential will be intercepted and surge currents diverted
to ground with the least damage to plant equipment possible.
A. Grounding
B. Shielding
C. Bonding
D. current limiting
10. Prevents development of hazardous potential difference in

communication plant by direct bonding, when permissible or by use of
surge arresters, discharge gaps, diodes, etc. which operate under
abnormal voltage condition.
A. Current limiting
B. Resistance limiting
C. Grounding
D. Voltage Limiting
339
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
11. The current in a circuit can be kept from rising above a predetermined
value by the use of a fuse in series with a circuit.
A. Current limiting
C. Grounding
D. Voltage Limiting
12. This is used to divert undesired currents before they reach the
equipment being protected and often are installed both at and some
distance away from the protected equipment.
A. Current limiting
C. Grounding
D. Voltage Limiting
13. It is the resistance path of a ground connection which includes the

ground wire and its connection to ground electrode.
A. Ground Resistance
B. Ground Electrode
C. Ground Path
D. Resistance Path
14. For equipment locations, antenna towers, and all allied installations, the
ground resistance must never exceed ______.
A. 25 ohms
B. 3 ohms
C. 43 ohms
D. 5 ohms
15. For outside plant telephone poles and manholes as well as customer
premises, the ground resistance must never exceed _____.
A. 25 ohms
B. 3 ohms
C. 43 ohms
D. 5 ohms
340
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
16. It is an electrode buried in the ground for the purpose of establishing a

low resistance electrical contact with the earth.
A. Ground pole
B. Lightning Rods
C. Guy
D. Made Ground
17. It is a metal strip or rod, usually of copper or similar conductive material,

designed to protect tall or isolated structures (such as the roof of a
building or the mast of a vessel) from lightning damage.
A. Ground pole
B. Lightning Rods
C. Guy
D. Made Ground
18. A device used in electrical systems to protect against excessive current.
A. fuse
B. Lightning rod
C. Surge arrester
D. Grounding
19. These are normally open circuited devices and pass no significant
current at normal operating potentials.
A. fuse
B. Lightning rod
C. Surge arrester
D. Grounding
20. Provides certain level of safety to humans and property in case of

equipment damages.
A. fuse
B. Lightning rod
C. Surge arrester
D. Bonding or grounding
341
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
21. The simplest way to make an earth resistance test is to use:
A. Direct Method or two terminal test *

B. Voltmeter-Ammeter Method
C. Triangulation Method
D. Three terminal test
22. It is the resistance of parallel faces of a one cubic centimeter of soil

expressed in ohm-centimeter.
A. Ground resistance
B. Earth Resistivity
C. Cubic resistance
D. Earth density
23. The following are ways to improve grounds except:
A. Lengthen the ground-electrode in the earth

B. Use multiple rods
C. Treat the soil when 1 & 2 are not feasible
D. Place stones near the rod
24. Ground resistance shall be tested when installed and periodically

afterwards, at least _____ during the dry or non-rainy months and ALL
VALUES OBTAINED SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN THE RULE
REQUIRED.
A. 3 times per year

B. twice as year
C. once a year
D. 12 times a year
25. All ground connections, be it solderless or soldered, shall be checked at

least ____ to be sure they are tight.
A. 3 times per year

B. twice as year
C. once a year
D. 12 times a year
342
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
26. This loading shall be taken as the resultant stress due to wind and dead
weight for 240 kph wind velocity.
A. Heavy Loading Zone

B. Medium Loading Zone
C. Light Loading Zone
D. Extra Heavy Loading Zone


29. Batteries should be located where temperatures range between

_______degrees Celsius.
A. 12.5 and 25.2

B. 15.5 and 32.2
C. 15.2 and 52.2
D. 55.5 and 60.3
30. Lead acid or similar gas emitting battery installations where the
aggregate power exceeds ______5 kilowatts shall be located in a
properly ventilated room separated from the equipment room or location
where people are staying.
A. 5 kW
B. 10 kW
C. 1 kW
D. 15 kW
343
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
31. Smoking and storing of inflammable materials is prohibited in battery

rooms and “NO SMOKING” signs should be posted _____.
A. inside the room only

B. before entering battery rooms
C. outside the room only
D. Both A and C
32. An acid neutralizing agentsuch as _____ should be stored and available

in battery rooms for use in accidental electrolyte or acid spillage.
A. oil
B. kerosene
C. flour
D. Caustic soda
33. A low resistance electrical connection between two cable sheaths,

between two ground connections or between similar parts of two circuits.
A. Bond
B. Short
C. Fuse
D. Guy
34. The vertical space reserved along the side of a pole or tower to permit
ready access for linemen to equipment and conductors located thereon.
A. Stairway
B. Climbing Space
C. guy
D. pole
35. Insulated wires, used to run a subscriber’s line from the terminal on the
pole to the protector at the house or building.
A. main line
B. main cable
C. dropline
D. dropwire
344
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
36. A physical condition that causes a device, a component or a element to

fail to perform in a required manner.
A. damaged
B. hazard
C. fault
D. short
37. A current that flows from one conductor to ground or to another

conductor owing to any abnormal connection (including an arc) between
the two.
A. Fault current
B. Dark current
C. Leakage current
D. Dead short
38. An apparatus so treated such that it will not maintain a flame or will not
be injured readily when subjected to flame.
A. Flame Proof
B. Flame Retarding
C. Burn proof
D. Anti Flame
39. A property of materials or structures such that they will not convey flame
or continue to burn for longer times than specified in the appropriate
flame test.
A. Flame Proof
B. Flame Retarding
C. Burn proof
D. Anti Flame
40. A discharge through air, around or over the surface of solid, liquid or
other insulation, between parts of different potential of polarity, produced
by the application of voltage such that the breakdown path becomes
sufficiently ionized to maintain an electric arc.
A. Aurora
B. Corona
C. Flashover
D. Arc
345
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
41. A conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, by which an

electric circuit or equipment is connected to earth, or to some conducting
body of relatively large extent that serves in place of the earth.
A. short
B. jumper
C. ground
D. link
42. A tension member (of solid or stranded wires) used to withstand an

otherwise unbalanced force on a pole or other overhead line structures.
A. Bond
B. Short
C. Fuse
D. Guy
43. A guy extending from a pole or structure or tree and is sometimes called
a span guy.
A. Overhead guy
B. Anchor guy
C. bla guy
D. Guy post
44. An opening in an underground run or system into which workers reach,

but do not enter.
A. Manhole
B. Rathole
C. Handhole
D. finger hole
45. A device designed to protect apparatus from high transient voltage, by

diverting surge current to ground and capable of repeating this function
as specified.
A. Lightning ball
B. Lightning Arrester
C. Fuse
D. Lightning Protector
346
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
46. A subsurface chamber, large enough for a person to enter, in the route of
one or more conduit runs, and affording facilities for placing and
maintaining in the runs, conductors, cables and any associated
apparatus.
A. Manhole
B. Rathole
C. Handhole
D. finger hole
47. Stranded steel wires in a group which generally is not a part of the
conducting system, its primary function being to support wires or cables
of the system.
A. guy
B. support
C. conduit
D. messenger
48. A general term applied to the whole or portion of the physical property of
a communication company which contributes to the furnishing of
communication service.
A. zone
B. area
C. plant
D. division
49. A metallic rod, driven into the ground to provide an electrical connection
to the earth.
A. Lightning rod
B. Ground rod
C. Drop ground
D. radials
50. A metallic rod carried above the highest point of a pole or structure and
connected to earth by a heavy copper conductor intended to carry
lightning currents directly to earth.
A Lightning arrester
B. Lightning rod
C. Breaker
D. Lightning gap
347
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
51. The installation from the terminal on the pole to the protector at the
customer’s premises.
A. Service drop
B. Subscriber’s loop
C. Main line
D. Local drop
52. The horizontal displacement of a point on the tower axis from its no-wind
load position at that elevation.
A. Tower displacement
B. Tower sway
C. Tower Twist
D. Tower bend
53. The angular displacement of a tangent to the tower axis at the elevation
from its no-wind load position at that elevation.
B. Tower sway
C. Tower Twist
D. Tower bend
54. The horizontal angular displacement of the tower from its no-wind
position at that elevation.
B. Tower sway
C. Tower Twist
D. Tower bend
55. Refers to communication facilities installed below the surface of the

earth.
A. underneath
B. underground
C. earth mat
D. under earth
348
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Philippine Electronics Code

Volume 2
BUILDING TELEPHONE FACILITIES
Service entrance is define as wires or cables entering the building, terminated

to the main cross connecting point within the building from the nearest
telephone facility.
Types of Service Entrance

Aerial entrance – means of providing service aerially from a pole to a
building.
• Size of entrance conduit shall not less than 50 mm in diameter.
• Recommended initial conduit should be capable of handling the
ultimate telephone requirements of the building.
• Generally, the maximum span from telephone pole to a building
should be 30m.
• Minimum recommended separation:
Minimum clearances between telephone cable and power

entrance must be 1.0m radial distance.
Minimum clearance from ground level when crossing the street
must be 5.5m.
Minimum clearance over areas accessible to pedestrians only,
must be 3.5m.
Underground service entrance – provide mechanical protection and

minimize the need for possible subsequent repairs to the property.
• Corrosion-resistant material/PVC duct.
• Should not include more than 2-90degrees bends.
• Metallic conduit – to be reamed, bushed and/or capped.
• Minimum depth – 600 mm under areas used for vehicular traffic
inside private property.
• Conduits placed on private property must not be terminated in joint-
use manholes with electrical cables.
• Conduits should be separated from power conduits by not less than:
300 mm in well-tamped earth

50 mm of concrete (17,237.5 kPA)
349
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
• The size of underground entrance conduit within the building shall

be the same size as the service conduit outside the building and in
no case smaller than 75 mm in diameter when the service entrance
odes not require use of a service box or when installation requires
placement of conduit between the service box and curb line (toward
the company manhole or pole).
When to Use Handholes

• For entrance cable NOT EXCEEDING 50 pairs (0.65 mm in
diameter).
• For pull through or straight run entrance cable.
Minimum size of Handholes

For vehicular (meter) – 0.61 x 0.91 x 0.91
For non-vehicular (meter) – 0.61 x 0.91 x 0.73
When to Use Service Box

• For entrance cable ABOVE 50 pairs (0.65 mm in diameter).
Minimum size of Service Boxes

For vehicular – 0.19 x 1.23 x 1.21
For non vehicular – 0.91 x 1.22 x 1.19
Note: Minimum size of entrance conduit = 50 mm diameter

Minimum number of entrance conduits = 2
Main terminals may either be place in an indoor type DP or a cross- connect

point within the building. It is a point where cable from TELCO and the in-
building distribution system are terminated.
Requirements:
• Location should be dry and located as close as possible to the
central point of the riser cable distribution facilities.
• Location should be equipped with adequate lighting, and located 2.6
m (min.) above floor finish.
• Location should be accessible to authorized company personnel
even during off hours and under lock and key or the terminations
under lockable cover.
• Location should have enough working space e in front of all
terminations. Normally 900 mm and away from all hazards.
• Location should be closely protected in areas where possible
physical damage may arise.
350
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
• Provide with a 12 mm diameter non-metallic conduit to an approved
ground connections, to house the 14 mm2 (4.2 mm diameter)
ground wire.
Types of Main Terminals

Main Telephone Terminal Cabinet (MTTC) – required for terminating
entrance cables using one or more terminal blocks.
Backboard color Terminals to be terminated

White Entrance
Yellow House / Riser
Blue Other special services (data, computer)
Main Distributing Frame (MDF) – generally recommended when entrance

cable requirements will exceed 300 pairs.
Riser System is define as the vertical and horizontal distribution of telephone

communication lines between two or more floors or adjoining premises on the
same floor of a building generally originating at or near the cabinet up to the
Telephone Terminal or outlet.
Types of Riser System

Open Riser – usually extends from the ground to the roof top of the
building with no floor separation similar to a ventilating shaft. Telephone
cable is not permitted in unless placed in metallic conduit.
Closed Riser – consist of a series of telephone terminal cabinets/closets

vertically or non-vertically aligned, usually beginning at the ground floor
and extending throughout the height of the building. The cabinets/closets
may be interconnected through the floors with the use of a slots, conduits
and pipe sleeves.
Types of Distribution System

Conduit system – provides concealment of the wires with the least
flexibility.
Under floor duct system – comprise of two components, distribution ducts

and feeder (header) ducts. Depending on floor structure, they may be
designed into a one or two-level system.
Ceiling system – serves the same floor where the cables (wires) are
placed within the ceiling and brought down to desk locations.
351
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Cellular floor system – comprise of two distinct components, distribution

cells and feeder (header) ducts. Depending on the floor structure, the
distribution cells may be constructed of steel or concrete.
Unlimited access (raised floor) – is a floor assembly elevated with respect

to an existing area providing unlimited accessible space under the floor.
This has been used for computer rooms and office space.
Difference between Cabinet and Closet

Cabinet – is typically a box-type made of steel or fibre glass usually
prefabricated in standard sizes with cover and knockout holes, for in-building
telephone distribution. It is either flush or surface mounted.
Closet – is a room or shallow enclosure which is normally enclosed by a door

(or series of doors in the case of a shallow closet).
Two Basic Types

• A shallow closet, which varies from 460 to 760 mm in depth.
• A walk-in closet, which is 1200 mm or more in depth.
352
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Apparatus Closet – a suitable enclosure large enough to

house key telephone systems apparatus,
power equipment and terminating
facilities for key telephone systems
stations and sevices, as well as central
closets, zone closets, or riser closets,
according to the design of the underfloor
raceway or riser system.
Building Cable – refers to the physical cable within a

building. It may include both main cable
pairs and house cable pairs. It does not
include station wiring cable.
Building Core – refers to a portion of any building
equipment and rest rooms.
Cable – refers to the assembly of conductors

within a common protective sheath that
permits the use of conductors separately
or in group.
Cellular Floor Raceways – an assembly of cellular metal or

concrete floor raceways units forming
part of a continuous floor structure.
Cellular Floor Unit – a load-bearing floor unit containing

one or more longitudinal cells which may
be closed on all sides or open at top or
bottom.
Central Office – the place where customer’s

communication lines are terminated and
where the equipment which interconnects
those lines is located.
Company Standards – refers to the practices and procedures
established by the operating company to
353
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
install, maintain, move and rearrange

company equipment on private property.
Cordless Switchboard – a system employing a relay-operated

switchboard through which connections
are made by manually operating lever
keys instead of plug ended cords.
Direct Station – refers to a station connected to the

company central office through outside
plant facilities and central office system.
Distributing Frame – a wall or floor-mounted vertical frame of

iron work used to protect and terminate
telephone cable terminals.
Entrance Cable – refers to the company furnish cable

entering the building from the exchange
cable feed to the main cross connecting
point within the building.
Equipment Room – a room designed to accommodate

PABX (Private Automatic Branch
Exchange) equipment. On occasion, it
may also include automatic key
telephone system apparatus and
terminating facilities.
Facilities – refers to equipment, hardware, or

space provided to house communications
systems to operate tenant service.
Floor Closet – refers to the collecting point designed

to terminate the cable wire and
equipment for a specific floor.
Floor Distribution Area – refers to the portion of a floor area
served by a floor distribution terminal.
354
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Floor Distribution Cable – refers to the branch cable on the

various floors of a building which links the
floor distribution terminals to the riser
cable.
Floor Distribution Terminals – the terminals in which the floor

distribution cable pairs terminate. They
are located at floor wiring centers.
Header or Feeder Duct – refers to the raceway of rectangular

cross-section that is placed within or just
below the floor and ties the distribution
duct or cell to the terminal or equipment
space.
Insert – a circular or ellipsoid cross-section

opening into the distribution duct or cell,
from which the wires or cables emerge.
Local Station – a station connected to a private

automatic branch exchange.
Poke Through – a system where cables and/or wires

are placed within the ceiling space and
poked up through the fire resistant floor
structure to the office above.
Private Branch Exchange – an arrangement of equipment,

System consisting of a group of telephone
stations connected with a switchboard or
other switching device providing
telephone communications between the
stations.
Private Line or Leased Line – a circuit, furnished by the company,
terminating in telephone instruments,
keys or jacks which do not provide
exchange service.
355
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Raceways – a general term which refers to pipe,

conduit, underfloor duct, heeder duct,
cellular floor, overfloor moulding, surface
wiring systems, wiring channels in
removable partitions, floor boxes and
floor fittings and any other channel for
holding wires and cables which is
designed expressly for and used solely
for this purpose.
Riser Closet – a location where riser cables terminate

for further distribution through out the
floor. It may also serve as an apparatus
closet or satellite closet, dependent upon
the size of the building and the telephone
facilities involved.
Riser Conduit – refers to non-combustible tubing which

encases the riser cable between
enclosed type metallic telephone terminal
cabinets.
Riser Shaft – refers to a series of closets connected

by a slots or short conduit sleeves
between floors or an open shaft vertically
in a building.
Service Fitting – a box mounted on the finished floor

that houses the connecting device for
communications.
Sleeve or Conduit Sleeve – a circular opening through the floor

structure to allow the passage of cables
and wires.
356
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Station – refers to the telephone instrument,
consisting of a transmitter, receiver and
associated apparatus which permit
telephone conversations with other
stations.
Station Wiring – refers to the final end link in connection

to communication equipment to company
cable facilities.
Terminals and Terminations – points at which cable pairs are

connected to station wires or other cable
pairs by means other than cable splicing.
Under Floor Raceway – any facility provided for the express

purpose of holding wires or cables and
located within or immediately below the
floor structure. Raceways may be of
metallic insulating material.
Usable Floor Area – the portion of the floor area that is

rentable or usable. It includes such as
elevators, stairways, permanent
hallways, janitor’s room, toilet and other
fixed construction making space
unavoidable for rental use. Usable floor
area is generally 20% less than the total
building floor areas.
357
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
TEST – 8-3
1. Define as wires or cables entering the building, terminated to the main

cross connecting point within the building from the nearest telephone
facility.
A. drop wire
B. local loop
C. service entrance
D. subscribers loop
2. A type of service entrance that serves as means of providing service

aerially from a pole to a building.
A. Aerial entrance
B. Underground entrance
C. Overhead entrance
D. Handhole
3. The size of the aerial entrance conduit shall not be less than ____ in
dimeter.
A. 20mm
B. 30mm
C. 40mm
D. 50mm
4. The maximum span from telephone pole to a building used in aerial

entrance should be _____.
A. 20m
B. 30m
C. 40m
D. 50m
5. In aerial entrance, the minimum clearances between telephone cable

and power entrance must be ___ radial distance.
A. 2m
B. 3m
C. 4m
D. 1m
358
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
6. In aerial entrance, the minimum clearance from ground level when

crossing the street must be ____.
A. 4.4m
B. 3.3m
C. 5.5m
D. 6.6m
7. In aerial entrance, minimum clearance over areas accessible to

pedestrians only, must be____.
A. 3.5m
B. 5.5m
C. 4.5m
D. 6.1m
8. A type of service entrance that provides mechanical protection and

minimize the need for possible subsequent repairs to the property.
A. Aerial entrance
B. Underground entrance
C. Overhead entrance
D. Handhole
9. An underground entrance’s minimum depth under areas used for

vehicular traffic inside private property is
A. 800 mm
B. 600 mm
C. 900 mm
D. 700 mm
10. For underground entrance, conduits should be separated from power

conduits by not less than ____ in well-tamped earth:
A. 300 mm
B. 100 mm
C. 50 mm
D. 150 mm
359
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
11. For underground entrance, conduits should be separated from power

conduits by not less than ____ of concrete
A. 300 mm
B. 100 mm
C. 50 mm
D. 150 mm
12. The size of underground entrance conduit within the building shall be no
case smaller than ____in diameter when the service entrance does not
require use of a service box.
A. 50 mm
B. 75 mm
C. 65 mm
D. 45 mm
13. The use of handholes will be permitted for entrance cable not exceeding
____ pairs.
A. 20
B. 40
C. 30
D. 50
14. The minimum size for vehicular handholes is
A. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.91m

B. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.73m
C. 0.19m x 1.23m x 1.21m
D. 0.91m x 1.22m x 1.19m
15. The minimum size for non-vehicular handholes is
A. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.91m

B. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.73m
C. 0.19m x 1.23m x 1.21m
D. 0.91m x 1.22m x 1.19m
360
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
16. The use of service box will be permitted for entrance cable exceeding
____ pairs. The minimum size for service-box is
A. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.91m

B. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.73m
C. 0.19m x 1.23m x 1.21m
D. 0.91m x 1.22m x 1.19m
17. The minimum size for service-box is
A. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.91m

B. 0.61m x 0.91m x 0.73m
C. 0.19m x 1.23m x 1.21m
D. 0.91m x 1.22m x 1.19m
18. The minimum size for an entrance conduit is

A. 20mm
B. 30mm
C. 40mm
D. 50mm
19. The minimum number of entrance conduit is

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
20. It is a point where cable from TELCO and the in-building distribution
system are terminated.
A. drop wire
B. terminal wire
C. main terminals
D. service box
21. The location of the main terminal must be equipped with adequate
lighting, and located at a minimum distance of ______above floor finish.
A. 1.3 m
B. 2.3 m
C. 1.6 m
D. 2.6 m
361
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
22. The location of the main terminal should have enough working space in
front of all terminations. Normally _____away from all hazards.
A. 900 mm
B. 800 mm
C. 1000 mm
D. 700 mm
23. A main terminal required for terminating entrance cables using one or
more terminal blocks.
A. Main Telephone Terminal Cabinet (MTTC)

B. Main Distributing Frame (MDF)
C. Riser System
D. Service Box
24. The backboard color for Main Telephone Terminal Cabinet (MTTC) used
other special services is:
A. white
B. yellow
C. black
D. blue
as an entrance is:
A. white
B. yellow
C. black
D. blue
for risers is:
A. white
B. yellow
C. black
D. blue
362
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
27. A main terminal generally recommended when entrance cable

requirements will exceed 300 pairs.

C. Riser System
D. Service Box
28. Defined as the vertical and horizontal distribution of telephone

communication lines between two or more floors or adjoining premises
on the same floor of a building generally originating at or near the cabinet
up to the Telephone Terminal or outlet.

C. Riser System
D. Service Box
29. A riser system usually extends from the ground to the roof top of the
building with no floor separation similar to a ventilating shaft. Telephone
cable is not permitted in unless placed in metallic conduit.
A. Open Riser
B. Elevated Riser
C. Closed Riser
D. Underground Riser
30. A riser system that consists of a series of telephone terminal

cabinets/closets vertically or non-vertically aligned, usually beginning at
the ground floor and extending throughout the height of the building.
A. Open Riser
B. Elevated Riser
C. Closed Riser
D. Underground Riser
31. Type of distribution system that provides concealment of the wires with
the least flexibility.
A. Conduit system
B. Under floor duct system
C. Ceiling system
D. Cellular floor system
363
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
32. Type of distribution system scomprise of two components, distribution

ducts and feeder (header) ducts. Depending on floor structure, they may
be designed into a one or two-level system.
A. Conduit system
C. Ceiling system
33. Type of distribution system that serves the same floor where the cables
(wires) are placed within the ceiling and brought down to desk locations.
A. Conduit system
C. Ceiling system
34. Type of distribution system comprises of two distinct components,

distribution cells and feeder (header) ducts. Depending on the floor
structure, the distribution cells may be constructed of steel or concrete.
A. Conduit system
C. Ceiling system
35. It is a floor assembly elevated with respect to an existing area providing

unlimited accessible space under the floor. This has been used for
computer rooms and office space.
A. Unlimited access (raised floor)

B. Closet
C. Cabinet
D. Conduit system
364
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
36. It is typically a box-type made of steel or fibre glass usually prefabricated

in standard sizes with cover and knockout holes, for in-building
telephone distribution.

B. Closet
C. Cabinet
D. Conduit system
37. It is a room or shallow enclosure which is normally enclosed by a door

(or series of doors in the case of a shallow closet).

B. Closet
C. Cabinet
D. Conduit system
38. A closet which varies from 460 to 760 mm in depth.
A. Shallow closet
B. walk in closet
C. Deep closet
D. raised closet
39. A closet which which is 1200 mm or more in depth.
A. Shallow closet
B. walk in closet
C. Deep closet
D. raised closet
40. A suitable enclosure large enough to house key telephone systems

apparatus, power equipment and terminating facilities for key telephone
systems stations and sevices, as well as central closets, zone closets, or
riser closets, according to the design of the underfloor raceway or riser
system.
A. Cabinet
B. Apparatus Cabinet
C. Apparatus Closet
D. Closet
365
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
41. Refers to the physical cable within a building that does not include
station wiring cable.
A. building cable
B. inside wire
C. inside drop
D. service drop
42. An assembly of cellular metal or concrete floor raceways units forming

part of a continuous floor structure.
A. Conduit system
C. Ceiling system
D. Cellular floor raceways
43. A load-bearing floor unit containing one or more longitudinal cells which
may be closed on all sides or open at top or bottom.
A. box
B. closet
C. cabinet
D. cellular floor unit
44. The place where customer’s communication lines are terminated and
where the equipment which interconnects those lines is located.
A. trunk office
B. central office
C. toll station
D. tandem office
366
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9292
H. No. 5224
S. No. 2683
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

CONGRESS OF THE PHILIPPINES
METRO MANILA
TWELFTH CONGRESS
THIRD REGULAR SESSION
Begun and held in Metro Manila, on Monday, the twenty-eight day of July,
Two thousand three.
[REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9292]
AN ACT PROVIDING FOR A MORE RESPONSIVE AND

COMPREHENSIVE REGULATION FOR THE REGISTRATION,
LICENSING AND PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERS, ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS AND ELECTRONICS
TECHNICIANS, REPEALING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 5734,
OTHERWISE KNOWN AS THE "ELECTRONICS AND
COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING ACT OF THE PHILIPPINES",
AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES
Be it enacted by the Senate and the House of Representatives of the

Philippines in Congress assembled:
367
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ARTICLE I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1. Short Title. - This Act shall be known as the "Electronics

Engineering Law of 2004".
SEC. 2. Statement of Policy. - The State recognizes the importance of

electronics engineering in nation-building and development. The State shall
therefore develop and nurture competent, virtuous, productive and well-
rounded Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and
Electronics Technicians whose standards of practice and service shall be
excellent, qualitative, world-class and globally competitive through inviolable,
honest, effective and credible licensure examinations and through regulatory
measures, programs and activities that foster their integrity, continuing
professional education, development and growth.
SEC. 3. Definition and Interpretation of Terms. - As used in this Act, the

following terms shall mean:
(a) Electronics - the science dealing with the development and application
of devices and systems involving the flow of electrons or other carriers of
electric charge, in a vacuum, in gaseous media, in plasma, in
semiconductors, in solid-state and/or in similar devices, including, but not
limited to, applications involving optical, electromagnetic and other
energy forms when transduced or converted into electronic signals.
(b) Professional Electronics Engineer - a person who is qualified to hold

himself/herself out as a duly registered/licensed Professional Electronics
Engineer under this Act and to affix to his/her name the letters "PECE".
(c) Electronics Engineer - a person who is qualified to hold himself/herself

out as a duly registered/licensed Electronics Engineer under this Act and
to affix to his/her name the letters "ECE".
(d) Electronics Technician - a person who is qualified to hold himself/

herself out as a duly registered/licensed Electronics Technician under
this Act and to affix to his/her name the letters "ECT".
(e) Electronics and Communications Engineer - a person who is qualified

to hold himself/herself out as a duly-registered/licensed Electronics and
Communications Engineer under Republic Act No. 5734.
368
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(f) Computer – any of a variety of electronic devices that is capable of

accepting data, programs and/or instructions, executing the programs
and/or instructions to process the data and presenting the results.
(g) Information and Communications Technology - the acquisition,

production, transformation, storage and transmission/reception of data
and information by electronic means in forms such as vocal, pictorial,
textual, numeric or the like; also refers to the theoretical and practical
applications and processes utilizing such data and information.
(h) Communications - the process of sending and/or receiving information,
data, signals and/or messages between two (2) or more points by radio,
cable, optical wave guides or other devices and wired or wireless
medium
(i) Telecommunications - any transmission, emission or reception of voice,

data, electronic messages, text, written or printed matter, fixed or moving
pictures or images, words, music or visible or audible signals or sounds,
or any information, intelligence and/or control signals of any
design/format and for any purpose, by wire, radio, spectral,
visual/optical/light, or other electronic, electromagnetic and technological
means.
(j) Broadcast, Broadcasting - an undertaking the object of which is to

transmit audio, video, text, images or other signals or messages for
reception of a broad audience in a geographical area via wired or
wireless means.
(k) Industrial Plant - includes all manufacturing establishments and other

business endeavors where electronic or electronically-controlled
machinery or equipment are installed and/or are being used, sold,
maintained, assembled, manufactured or operated.
(l) Commercial Establishment - shall include but not be limited to office

buildings, hotels, motels, hospitals, condominiums, stores, apartments,
supermarkets, schools, studios, stadia, parking areas, memorial
chapels/parks, watercraft and aircraft used for business or profit, and any
other building/s or area/s for business purposes, where electronic or
electronically-controlled machinery or equipment are installed and/or are
being used, sold, maintained, assembled, manufactured or operated.
(m) Consulting Services - as used in this Act, shall include services

requiring adequate technical expertise, experience and professional
capability in undertaking advisory and review, pre-investment or
369
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
feasibility studies, design, planning, construction, supervision,

management and related services, and other technical studies or special
studies in the field of electronics engineering.
(n) Accredited Professional Organization - the integrated and accredited
national organization of Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers and Electronics Technicians.
SEC. 4. Categories of Practice. - The following shall be the engineering and

technician categories covered by this Act:
(a) Professional Electronics Engineer (PECE)
(b) Electronics Engineer (ECE)
(c) Electronics Technician (ECT)
SEC. 5. Nature and Scope of Practice of Electronics Engineering and

Electronics Technician Professions.
(a) The scope and nature of practice of the Electronics Engineer shall embrace and
consist of any work or activity relating to the application of engineering sciences
and/or principles to the investigation, analysis, synthesis, planning, design,
specification, research and development, provision, procurement, marketing and
sales, manufacture and production, construction and installation,
tests/measurements/control, operation, repair, servicing, technical support and
maintenance of electronic components, devices, products, apparatus,
instruments, equipment, systems, networks, operations and processes in the
fields of electronics, including communications and/or telecommunications,
information and communications technology (ICT), computers and their
networking and hardware/firmware/software development and applications,
broadcast/broadcasting, cable and wireless television, consumer and industrial
electronics, electrooptics/ photonics/opto-electronics, electro-magnetics,
avionics, aerospace, navigational and military applications, medical electronics,
robotics, cybernetics, biometrics and all other related and convergent fields; it
also includes the administration, management, supervision and regulatory
aspects of such works and activities; similarly included are those teaching and
training activities which develop the ability to use electronic engineering
fundamentals and related advanced knowledge in electronics engineering,
including lecturing and teaching of technical and professional subjects given in
the electronics engineering and electronics technician curriculum and licensure
examinations.
370
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(b) The scope and nature of practice of the Professional Electronics Engineer shall
embrace and consist of all of the above plus the sole authority to provide
consulting services as defined in this Act and to sign and seal electronics plans,
drawings, permit applications, specifications, reports and other technical
documents prepared by himself/herself and/or under his direct supervision.
(c) The scope and nature of practice of the Electronics Technician profession shall
embrace and consist of any non-engineering work or activity relating to the
installation, construction, operation, control, tests and measurements, diagnosis,
repair and maintenance, manufacture and production, sales and marketing of any
electronic component/s, device/s, products, apparatus, instruments, equipment,
system/s, network/s, operations and processes located on land, watercraft,
aircraft, industrial plants or commercial establishments, including the teaching
and training of technical and professional subjects given in the electronics
technician curriculum and licensure examinations.
ARTICLE II
PROFESSIONAL REGULATORY BOARD OF
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEC. 6. Composition of the Board. - There is hereby created a Professional

Regulatory Board of Electronics Engineering, hereinafter referred to as the
Board, under the administrative control and supervision of the Professional
Regulation Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Commission,
composed of a chairman and two (2) members who shall be appointed by the
President of the Philippines from the three (3) recommendees per position
chosen and ranked by the Commission, which recommendees shall in turn be
chosen from the five (5) nominees for each position submitted by the
accredited professional organization, in accordance with rules and
regulations presently in existence or that may be promulgated for such
purpose.
SEC. 7. Powers and Functions of the Board. - The Board is vested with the
authority to:
(a) Administer/Implement the provisions of this Act;

(b) Administer oaths in connection with the administration of this Act;
(c) Adopt an official seal of the Board;
(d)Issue, suspend or revoke Certificates of Registration and accordingly the
Professional Identification Cards of Professional Electronics Engineers,
Electronics Engineers or Electronics Technicians, or otherwise suspend
the holder thereof from the practice of his/her profession, for any
justifiable cause and after due process;
(e) Maintain a roster of Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers and Electronics Technicians;
371
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(f) Issue, suspend and/or cancel special permits to foreign Professional

Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers or Electronics Technicians
in accordance with the provisions of this Act;
(g) Prescribe, amend or revise the requirements for licensing of Professional
Electronics Engineers, and prepare, adopt and issue the syllabi of the
subjects for the licensure examination for Electronics Engineers and
Electronics Technicians, and prepare the questions therefore, in strict
conformance with the scope of the syllabi;
(h) Adopt a program for the full computerization of the licensure examination;
(i) Grant registration without examination, subject to review and approval by
the Commission, in accordance with the provisions of this Act;
(j) Study, examine and recommend, in coordination with the Commission on
Higher Education (CHED) and the Technical Education and Skills
Development Authority (TESDA), and in consultation with other
concerned government entities and the accredited professional
organization, the essential requirements as to curricula and facilities of
schools, colleges or universities, seeking permission to open courses or
programs or already offering courses or programs in electronics
engineering, electronics technician and related courses or programs and
to see to it that these requirements, including employment of qualified
faculty members, are properly complied with: Provided, That within three
(3) years after the effectivity of this Act, the Board shall, in coordination
with CHED, TESDA, and in consultation with other concerned
government entities and the accredited professional organization, review
and define/re-define the curricula for electronics engineering, electronics
technician and/or allied courses or programs for the purpose of re-
aligning, revising and/or consolidating the same and/or otherwise
defining the minimum requirements by means of which graduates of related
or allied courses or programs can qualify to take the Electronics
Engineer and Electronics Technician licensure examinations;
(k) Inspect educational institutions and based on their findings thereon,
recommend to CHED and/or the TESDA and/or other government
entities concerned with the granting of school permits or authorization,
the opening, improvement/upgrading or closure of colleges or schools
and universities offering electronics engineering and electronics
technician courses or programs;
(l) Adopt and administer a Code of Ethics and a Code of Technical
Standards of Practice for Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers and Electronics Technicians in the Philippines;
(m) Promulgate rules and regulations on the scope of practice of Professional
Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and Electronics
Technicians;
372
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(n) Promulgate a program for continuing professional education and/or
development of Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers and Electronics Technicians;
(o) Prescribe the minimum manning and manpower requirements for
Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and
Electronics Technicians in industrial plants and commercial
establishments for purposes of ensuring compliance with the provisions
of this Act and all other ordinances, laws, rules and regulations that may
be enacted hereinafter;
(p) Formulate, prescribe and adopt such rules and regulations for electronics
installations in industrial plants, commercial establishments and other
buildings or structures covered by the National Building Code of the
Philippines, in coordination with the Department of Public Works and
Highways (DPWH), other concerned agencies, representatives of
industry and the Accredited Professional Organization;
(q) Study the conditions affecting the Professional Electronics Engineering,
Electronics Engineering and Electronics Technician professions in the
Philippines, and whenever necessary, exercise the powers conferred by
this and other Acts, and adopt such measures as may be deemed proper
for the enhancement and advancement of the professions and/or the
maintenance of high professional, ethical and technical standards, and
for this purpose, the Board may personally or through subordinate
employees of the Commission or member/s of the Accredited
Professional Organization, duly authorized by the Board and approved
by the Commission, conduct ocular inspection or visit industrial plants
and commercial establishments where Professional Electronics
Engineers, Electronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians are
employed for the purpose of determining compliance with the provisions
of law relative thereto, in accordance with established policies
promulgated by the Commission;
(r) Hear and decide violations of this Act, its implementing rules and
regulations, the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of
Practice for the profession, and for this purpose, issue subpoena ad
testificandum and/or subpoena duces tecum to secure attendance of
witnesses and the production of documents in connection with the
charges presented to and/or any investigation pending before the Board;
(s) Delegate the hearing or investigation of administrative cases filed before
it to authorized officers of the Commission, except in cases where the
issue involved strictly concerns the practice of the Professional
Electronics Engineering, Electronics Engineering and Electronics
Technician Professions, in which case the hearing shall be presided over
by at least one (1) member of the Board assisted by a Legal or Hearing
Officer of the Commission;
373
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(t) Promulgate resolutions, orders and/or decisions on such administrative

cases: Provided, That such resolutions, orders and/or decisions shall be
subject to appeal within fifteen (15) days from receipt thereof with the
Commission, which may affirm or reverse the same, dismiss the case,
deny the appeal or remand the case to the Board for further action or
proceeding: Provided, further, That if after fifteen (15) days from the
receipt of such decision no appeal is taken therefrom to the Commission,
the same shall become final and immediately enforceable;
(u) Submit an annual action plan and corresponding report at the beginning
and close of each fiscal year on the activities, proceedings and
accomplishments of the Board for the year, incorporating therein any
recommendation to the Commission; and
(v) Discharge such other powers and functions as the Board and the
Commission may deem necessary for the practice of the profession and
the upgrading, enhancement, development and growth of the
Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer and Electronics
Technician professions in the Philippines. Except those in administrative
cases, all resolutions embodying rules and regulations and other policies
and measures issued and/or promulgated by the Board shall be subject
to the review and approval by the Commission.
SEC. 8. Qualifications of Board Members. - The chairman and members of

the Board must possess the following qualifications at the time of their
appointment:
(a) Be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines for at least five (5)
consecutive years prior to his/her appointment;
(b) Be of good moral character and integrity;
(c) Be a holder of a valid Certificate of Registration and a valid Professional
Identification Card as a Professional Electronics Engineer, duly qualified
to practice as a Professional Engineer in the Philippines;
(d) Be a member of good standing of the Accredited Professional
Organization;
(e) Be in active practice of the electronics engineering profession for at least
ten (10) years prior to his appointment, either in self-practice, or
employment in government service and/or in the private sector;
(f) Must not have any pecuniary interest, directly or indirectly, in any school,
academy, college, university or institution conferring an academic degree
and/or certification/accreditation necessary for admission to the practice
of Electronics Engineering and/or Electronics Technician or where review
classes in preparation for the licensure examination are being offered or
conducted nor shall he/she be a member of the faculty or of the
administration thereof prior to taking his/her oath of office; and
374
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(g) Must not have been convicted of an offense involving moral turpitude.
SEC. 9. Term of Office. - The members of the Board shall hold office for a
term of three (3) years from date of appointment or until their successors
shall have been appointed and qualified and may be re-appointed once for
another term. Any vacancy occurring within the term of a member shall be
filled for the unexpired portion of the term only: Provided, That the member
appointed to serve the unexpired term may be re-appointed more than once
for as long as his/her continuous tenure shall not exceed six (6) years. Each
member of the Board shall take the proper oath prior to the assumption of
office.
SEC. 10. Compensation and Allowances of the Board. - The Chairman

and members of the Board shall receive compensation and allowances
comparable to that being received by the Chairman and members of existing
regulatory boards under the Commission as provided for in the General
Appropriations Act.
SEC. 11. Removal of Board Members. - The President of the Philippines,

upon recommendation of the Commission, may suspend or remove any
member of the Board for neglect of duty, incompetence, manipulation or
rigging of the licensure examination results, disclosure of secret information
or the examination questions prior to the conduct of the said examination, or
tampering of the grades therein, for unprofessional or unethical conduct, or
for any final judgment or conviction of any criminal offense by the Courts,
after having given the member concerned an opportunity to be heard and/or
to defend himself/herself in a proper administrative investigation.
SEC. 12. Custodian of Board Records, Secretariat and Support Services.

– All records of the Board, including applications for examination,
administrative cases involving Professional Electronics Engineers,
Electronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians shall be kept by the
Commission. The Commission shall designate the Secretary of the Board
and shall provide the secretariat and other support services to implement the
provisions of this Act.
ARTICLE III
EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION AND LICENSURE
SEC. 13. Licensure Examination. - Except as otherwise specifically

provided in this Act, all applicants seeking to be registered and licensed as
Electronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians, shall undergo the
required examinations to be given by the Board in such places and dates as
375
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
the Commission may designate in accordance with the provisions of Republic

Act No. 8981.
SEC. 14. Qualifications for Examinations. - In order to be allowed to take

the examination for Electronics Engineer or Electronics Technician, an
applicant must, at the time of the filing of his/her application, establish to the
satisfaction of the Board that:
(a) He/She is a citizen of the Philippines or of a foreign country qualified to

take the examination as provided for in Section 33 of this Act;
(b) He/She is of good moral character and had not been convicted by a court
of law of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude;
(c) For the Electronics Engineering examinations, he/she is a holder of a
degree of Bachelor of Science in Electronics and Communications
Engineering or Electronics Engineering, or subject to compliance with
minimum requirements to be prescribed by the Board, such equivalent
and/or related engineering course or program from any school, institute,
college, or university recognized by the Government or the State where it
is established, after completing a resident collegiate course equivalent to
that of a full baccalaureate degree;
(d) For the Electronics Technician examinations:
(1) is a graduate of an Associate, Technician, Trade or Vocational

course in electronics or, subject to the evaluation of the Board,
such equivalent and/or related formal or non-formal course or
program from any school, college, university or training institution
recognized by the Government or the State where it is
established, after completing a resident course or program of not
less than two (2) years, or
(2) has completed at least the minimum third-year equivalent of a
Bachelor of Science program in Electronics and Communications
Engineering or Electronics Engineering program according to
CHED guidelines, or, subject to the evaluation of the Board such
equivalent and/or related engineering course or program from
any school, institute, college or university recognized by the
Government or State where it is established;
SEC. 15. Scope of Examination for Electronics Engineers and

Electronics Technicians. - The examination for Electronics Engineers shall
consist of written tests which shall cover subjects prescribed by the Board but
including at least the following: Mathematics, Applied Sciences, Engineering
Economics, Laws and Ethics, Electronics, Communications, Computers, and
Information and Communications Technology. The examinations for
376
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Electronics Technician shall consist of written and/or practical tests covering
subjects to be prescribed by the Board and shall cover subjects specific to
the practice of Electronics Technicians. As urgent and important need arises
so as to conform to technological and modern changes, the Board may re-
cluster, rearrange, modify, add to or exclude any subject and prescribe the
number of final examination/s per year after approval by the Commission.
The PRC Board resolution thereon shall be officially published in the Official
Gazette or major daily newspapers of general circulation and also circularized
and disseminated to all colleges.
SEC. 16. Ratings. - To pass the licensure examination, a candidate for

Electronics Engineer or Electronics Technician must obtain a passing rating
of seventy percent (70%) in each subject given during the examination:
Provided, however, That a candidate who obtains a passing rating in the
majority of the subjects but obtains a rating in the other subject/s below
seventy percent (70%) but not lower than sixty percent (60%), shall be
allowed to take one removal examination on the subject/s where he/she failed
to obtain the passing rating: Provided, finally, That should the examinee fail to
obtain a passing rating in the removal examination, he/she shall be
considered as having failed the entire licensure examination.
SEC. 17. Release of the Results of Examination. - The Board and the
Commission shall correct and rate the licensure examination papers and shall
release the examination results within fifteen (15) days after the said
examination.
SEC. 18. Qualifications and Schedule of Registration for Professional

Electronics Engineer. - For application for registration as a Professional
Electronics Engineer, the following shall be required:
(a) Valid Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card as

Electronics Engineer;
(b) Valid/current membership identification card from the Accredited
Professional Organization;
(c) Certified experience record of active self-practice and/or employment
either in government service or in the private sector, in the format to be
prescribed by the Board, indicating the inclusive dates, companies
worked for, description of specific responsibilities, relevant
accomplishments and name, position of immediate supervisors for a
period of at least seven (7) years (inclusive and/or aggregate), at least
two (2) years of which are in responsible charge of significant
engineering work, from the date applicant took his/her oath as an
Electronics and Communications Engineer or Electronics Engineer;
377
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(d) Three (3) certifications signed by three (3) Professional Electronics

Engineers attesting that the experience record submitted by the applicant
is factual. Applications for registration as Professional Electronics
Engineer may be submitted anytime to the Commission. The Board shall
then schedule an en banc oral interview of the applicant for the purpose
of verifying, authenticating and assessing the submittals and establishing
the competency of the applicant according to rules, regulations and
competency standards to be formulated by the Board: Provided, That
those who have been registered and licensed as Electronics and
Communications Engineers under Republic Act No. 5734 for at least
seven (7) years upon the effectivity of this Act need only to submit items
(a), (b), and (c) above: Provided, further, That those who have been
registered and licensed as Electronics and Communications Engineers
under Republic Act No. 5734 for less than seven (7) years after the
effectivity of this Act shall submit their certified experience records and
certifications from three (3) Professional Electronics Engineers as in
items (c) and (d) above, and submit to an en banc oral interview of the
Board for competency assessment, upon passing of which he can be
registered as a Professional Electronics Engineer.
SEC. 19. Issuance of the Certificate of Registration and Professional

Identification Card. - A Certificate of Registration shall be issued to
examinees who pass the Electronics Engineer and Electronics Technician
licensure examination, to Electronics Engineers who are registered as
Professional Electronics Engineers and to Electronics Technicians who are
registered without examination, subject to payment of fees prescribed by the
Commission. The Certificate of Registration shall bear the signature of the
Chairperson and Members of the Board, stamped with the official seal of the
Commission and the Board, indicating that the person named therein is
entitled to practice the profession with all the privileges appurtenant thereto,
subject to compliance with all applicable requirements. The said certificate
shall remain in full force and effect until withdrawn, suspended or revoked in
accordance with this Act. A Professional Identification Card bearing the
registration number, date of registration, duly signed by the Chairperson of
the Commission, shall likewise be issued to every registrant who has paid the
prescribed fee. This identification card will serve as evidence that the holder
thereof is duly registered with the Commission.
SEC. 20. Registration without Examination for Electronics Technicians. -

Within five (5) years after the effectivity of this Act, the Board shall issue
Certificates of Registration and Professional Identification Cards without
examination to applicants for registration as Electronics Technicians who
shall present evidence or other proof satisfactory to the Board that:
378
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(a) He/She is a graduate of at least a two-year Associate, Technician, Trade

or Vocational course in Electronics as certified by the TESDA, or that
he/she has completed at least the minimum third-year equivalent of a
Bachelor's Degree of Science in Electronics and Communications
Engineering or Electronics Engineering program according to CHED
guidelines, or, subject to the evaluation of the Board, an equivalent
and/or related formal or non-formal course or program from any school,
institute, college, university or training institution recognized by the
Government or the State where it is established, and
(b) He/She has rendered at least seven (7) years (inclusive or aggregate) of
active self-practice and/or employment either in the Government or
private sector, indicating therein his/her specific duties and
responsibilities, relevant accomplishments, the complete names and
addresses of clients and companies or persons worked for, as well as
the names and positions of immediate superiors. The above submittals
shall be accompanied by a certification from at least three (3) registered
Professional Electronics Engineers vouching for the integrity, technical
capability and good moral character of the applicant.
SEC. 21. Non-issuance of a Certificate of Registration and/or

Professional Identification Card for Certain Grounds. - The Board and/or
the Commission shall not register and shall not issue a Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card to any person convicted by
a court of competent jurisdiction of any crime involving moral turpitude, to any
person of immoral or dishonorable conduct and to any person of unsound
mind, furnishing the party concerned a written statement containing the
reasons for such action, which statement shall be incorporated in the records
of the Board.
SEC. 22. Professional Oath. - All successful examinees and all those who
have qualified for registration without examination shall be required to take a
professional oath before any member of the Board or any person authorized
by the Commission before he/she can be registered and issued a Certificate
of Registration and Professional Identification Card, and as a prerequisite to
practicing as a Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or
Electronics Technician.
SEC. 23. Revocation and Suspension of Certificate of Registration,

Professional Identification Card and Cancellation of Special Permits. -
The Board shall, upon proper notice and hearing, revoke or suspend the
validity of a Certificate of Registration and accordingly the Professional
Identification Card, or cancel a Special Permit granted under Section 26
herein, for any of the causes mentioned in the preceding sections, or for
379
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
unprofessional or unethical conduct, malpractice, incompetence or any

violation of this Act and its implementing rules and regulations, the Code of
Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of Practice, or where fraud,
deceit, or false statement was found to have been employed in obtaining said
Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card or Special Permit.
SEC. 24. Reinstatement, Re-issuance or Replacement of Certificate of

Registration and Professional Identification Card. - The Board may, two
(2) years after the revocation of a Certificate of Registration and Professional
Identification Card, upon application and for reasons deemed proper and
sufficient, reinstate the validity of a revoked Certificate of Registration and
Professional Identification Card, subject to compliance with the applicable
requirements of the Commission, and the Board: Provided, That he/she did
not commit any illegal practice of the profession or any violation of this Act, its
rules, codes and policies during the time that his/her Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card was revoked. A new
Certificate of Registration or Professional Identification Card to replace lost,
destroyed, or mutilated certificate or registration card may be issued, subject
to the rules promulgated by the Board and the Commission, upon payment of
the required fees.
SEC. 25. Roster of Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics

Engineers and Electronics Technicians. - The Board shall prepare and
maintain a roster of the names, residence and/or office address of all
registered Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and
Electronics Technicians, which shall be updated annually in cooperation with
the Accredited Professional Organization, indicating therein the status of the
Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card and membership
in the Accredited Professional Organization of the professional, whether valid,
inactive due to death or other reasons, delinquent, suspended or revoked.
The said roster shall be conspicuously posted within the premises of the
Commission and the information therefrom made available to the public upon
inquiry or request.
SEC. 26. Exemptions from Examination and Registration. - No

examination and registration shall be required for foreign Professional
Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers or Electronics Technicians who
are temporarily employed by the Philippine Government or by private firms in
the Philippines in the following cases:
(a) Where no qualified equivalent Filipino professional is available for the

specific item of work to be rendered, as attested to by the Accredited
380
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(b) Where the conditions of the scope and funding for the work or project are
such that it stipulates the temporary employment of a foreign
professional;
(c) As defined in the General Agreement on Trade in Services, the ASEAN
and APEC Engineer Registry programs and other similar international
treaties, agreements and/or covenants to which the Philippine
Government is a signatory and has ratified: Provided, however, That:
(1) The said foreign professional is legally qualified to practice his/her

profession in his/her own country in which the requirements for
licensing and registration are not lower than those specified in this
Act;
(2) The work to be performed by said foreign professional shall be
limited only to the particular work or project for which he/she was
specifically contracted;
(3) Prior to commencing the work, the foreign professional shall secure
a Special Permit from the Board, which shall be subject to the
approval of the Commission; Provided, That no working visa and/or
permit shall be issued by concerned government agencies unless
such Special Permit has been granted first;
(4) The same foreign professional shall not engage in private practice on
his/her own account;
(5) For every foreign professional contracted for the work or project, at
least two (2) corresponding Filipino professionals who are registered
under this Act shall be employed as counterparts by the Philippine
Government or the private firm utilizing the services of such foreign
professional for at least the same duration of time as the foreigner's
tenure of work; and
(6) The Special Permit herein granted shall be valid only for a period of
not more than six (6) months and renewable every six (6) months
thereafter subject to the discretion of the Board and the approval of
the Commission: Provided, That said permit shall cease to be valid if
the foreigner terminates his/her employment in the work or project for
which said permit was originally granted and thereafter engages in
an occupation that requires another Special Permit or registration
under this Act.
381
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ARTICLE IV
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING,
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING AND ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS
SEC. 27. Practice of the Profession. - No person shall offer himself/herself

in the Philippines as, or use the title "Professional Electronics Engineer",
"Electronics Engineer" or "Electronics Technician", as defined in this Act, or
use any word, letter figure, or sign whatsoever, tending to convey the
impression that he/she is a Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics
Engineer or Electronics Technician, or advertise that he/she is qualified to
perform the work of a Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics
Engineer or Electronics Technician, without holding a valid Certificate of
Registration and a valid Professional Identification Card in accordance with
this Act, except as provided under Section 26 hereof.
SEC. 28. Prohibitions and Limitations on the Practice of Electronics

Engineering and Electronics Technician Profession. - Unless otherwise
prescribed by any supervening law, the practice of electronics engineering
and electronics technician shall be a professional service, admission to which
must be determined on the basis of the individual's personal qualifications.
Hence, no firm, company, partnership, association or corporation may be
registered or licensed as such for the practice of electronics engineering and
electronics technician. However, persons properly registered and licensed as
Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers or Electronics
Technicians may, among themselves or with any other allied professionals,
form a partnership or association or corporation and collectively render
services as such: Provided, That individual members of such partnerships or
associations or corporations shall be responsible for their own respective
acts.
SEC. 29. Seal of the Professional Electronics Engineers. - All licensed

Professional Electronics Engineers shall obtain and use a seal of a design
prescribed by the Board bearing the registrant’s name, registration number
and title. Plans, drawings, permit applications, specifications, reports and
other technical documents prepared by and/or executed under the
supervision of, and issued by the Professional Electronics Engineer shall be
stamped on every sheet/page with said seal, indicating therein his/her current
Professional Tax Receipt (PTR) number, date/place of payment and current
membership number in the Accredited Professional Organization, when filed
with government authorities or when used professionally.
382
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SEC. 30. Code of Ethics and Code of Technical Standards of Practice. –
The Board shall adopt a Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards
of Practice for Electronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians, which shall
be promulgated by the Accredited Professional Organization.
ARTICLE V
SUNDRY PROVISIONS
SEC. 31. Continuing Professional Education (CPE) and/or Development

Programs. – All registered Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers, and Electronics Technicians, shall comply with pertinent rules and
regulations already prescribed by and/or as may be prescribed and
promulgated by the Commission and/or the Board, the Accredited
Professional Organization and other government agencies, pursuant to this
Act and other relevant laws, international treaties, agreements and/or
covenants to which the Philippines is a signatory and has ratified, with
respect to continuing professional education and/or development and/or other
similar/related programs.
SEC. 32. Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization. - There

shall be one (1) integrated and Accredited Professional Organization of
Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and Electronics
Technicians in the country, which shall be registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as a non-stock, non-profit corporation and recognized
by the Board, the Commission and all government agencies as the one and
only integrated and accredited national organization for the said
professionals. Every Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer
and Electronics Technician, upon registration with the Commission as such,
shall ipso facto become a member of this Accredited Professional
Organization. Those who have been previously registered by the Board but
are not members of this Accredited Professional Organization at the time of
effectivity of this Act, shall be allowed to register as members of this
organization within three (3) years after the effectivity of this Act. Membership
in this Accredited Professional Organization shall not be a bar to membership
in other associations of the electronics engineering and electronics technician
professions. The Accredited Professional Organization shall implement the
continuing professional education, accredit other organizations or entities to
provide continuing professional education, and/or development program
promulgated by the Board and/or the Commission, compliance with which
shall be one of the requisites for the maintenance of membership in good
standing of the professional in the Accredited Professional Organization. All
members of good standing of this Accredited Professional Organization shall
be issued an annual membership card indicating the membership number
and validity period of the membership, which shall be affixed to all plans,
383
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
specifications and any document signed by the member in the course of

practice of his/her profession. Failure to maintain membership in good
standing in the Accredited Professional Organization shall be a cause for
listing of the individual as delinquent in the roster of professionals.
SEC. 33. Foreign Reciprocity. - No foreigner shall be admitted for

registration as Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or
Electronics Technician with or without examination under this Act unless
he/she proves in the manner as provided by the Board that, by specific
provisions of law, the country, state or province of which he/she is a citizen,
subject or national, or in accordance with international treaties, agreements
and/or covenants to which their country, state or province is a signatory,
admits Filipino citizens to practice as Professional Electronics Engineer,
Electronics Engineer or Electronics Technician after an examination or
registration process on terms of strict and absolute equality with the citizens,
subjects or nationals of said country, including the unconditional recognition
of professional licenses issued by the Board and/or the Commission and
prerequisite degrees/diplomas issued by institutions of learning duly
recognized by the government of the Philippines.
Sec. 34. Positions in Government Requiring the Services of Registered

and Licensed Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers and Electronics Technicians. - Within three (3) years from the
effectivity of this Act, all existing and proposed positions in the local and
national government, whether career, permanent, temporary or contractual
and primarily requiring the services of Professional Electronics Engineers,
Electronics Engineers or Electronics Technicians shall accordingly be filled
only by registered and licensed Professional Electronics Engineers,
Electronics Engineers or Electronics Technicians.
ARTICLE VI
PENAL PROVISION AND ASSISTANCE OF
LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
SEC. 35. Penal Provision. - The following shall be punished by a fine of not
less than One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00) nor more than One
million pesos (P1,000,000.00), or by imprisonment of not less than six (6)
months nor more than six (6) years, or both, in the discretion of the court:
(a) Any person who shall give any false or fraudulent statement to the Board to
obtain a Certificate of Registration and/or Professional Identification Card as
Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or Electronics
Technician;
384
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(b) Any person who shall present or use as his/her own a Certificate of Registration,
Professional Identification Card, membership identification card in the
Accredited Professional Organization and/or seal issued to another and any
person who allows the use of his/her Certificate of Registration, Professional
Identification Card, membership card in the Accredited Professional
Organization and/or seal;
(c) Any person who shall present or use a revoked or suspended Certificate of
Registration as Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or
Electronics Technician;
(d) Any person who shall assume, use, advertise or otherwise practice as
Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or Electronics
Technician, or append to his/her name, any letter/s or words tending to convey
the impression that he/she is a registered Professional Electronics Engineer,
Electronics Engineer or Electronics Technician, when in fact he/she is not duly
registered with the Board as such;
(e) Any Professional Electronics Engineer, or any person on his/her behalf, who
shall stamp or seal any document with his/her seal as such after his/her
Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card and membership
card in the Accredited Professional Organization has been revoked or suspended
or after he/she has been suspended from practice or removed from the roster of
Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineers or Electronics
Technicians;
(f) Any Professional Electronics Engineer who shall sign his/her name, affix his/her
seal, or use any other method of signature on plans, technical descriptions or
other documents prepared by or under the supervision of another Professional
Electronics Engineer, unless the same is prepared in such manner as to clearly
indicate the part of such work actually performed by the former;
(g) Any person, except the Professional Electronics Engineer or Electronics
Engineer in-charge, who shall sign for any electronics engineering work, or any
function of electronics engineering practice, not actually performed by him/her;
(h) Any person holding a Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification
Card as Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or Electronics
Technician who shall be involved in illegal wire-tapping, cloning, hacking,
cracking, piracy and/or other forms of unauthorized and malicious electronic
eavesdropping and/or the use of any electronic devices in violation of the
privacy of another or in disregard of the privilege of private communications
and/or safety to life, physical and/or intellectual property of others, or who shall
maintain an unlicensed and/or unregistered communications system or device;
and
(i) Any person who shall violate any provision of this Act or any rules, regulations,
the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of Practice promulgated
under this Act.
385
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SEC. 36. Assistance of Law Enforcement and Other Government

Agencies. -Any law enforcement agency shall, upon call or request of the
Board and/or the Commission, render assistance in enforcing this Act
including the Code of Ethics, Code of Technical Standards of Practice and
the implementing rules and regulations and measures promulgated
hereunder, by prosecuting violators thereof in accordance with law and the
Rules of Court. Any department, instrumentality, office, bureau, institution or
agency of the government including local governments, upon call or request
from the Board and/or the Commission, shall render such assistance as it
may require, cooperate and coordinate with it in carrying out, enforcing or
implementing this Act, the codes, policies, measures, programs or activities
of the Board and/or the Commission that it may undertake pursuant to the
provisions of this Act.
ARTICLE VII
TRANSITORY PROVISIONS
SEC. 37. Transitory Provision - Upon effectivity of this Act, the incumbent
Board of Electronics and Communications Engineering shall complete all
pending/unfinished works within a six (6)-month period, after which it shall
cease to exist. The President of the Philippines shall before then appoint the
Chairman and members of the first Board of Electronics Engineering in
accordance with Sections 6 and 8 herein, who shall formulate and thereafter
promulgate the rules and regulations for the implementation of this Act.
SEC. 38. Vested Rights: Electronics and Communications Engineers

when this Law is Passed. - Electronics and Communications Engineers
holding a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card
at the time of effectivity of this Act shall be automatically registered and
recognized as Electronics Engineers and shall be issued a new Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card as Electronics Engineers
with the same license number as their original Electronics and
Communications Engineer Certificate of Registration, subject to the payment
of prescribed fees and other requirements of the Board and/or Commission.
ARTICLE VIII
FINAL PROVISION
SEC. 39. Implementing Rules and Regulations. - Subject to the approval of

the Commission, the Board, in coordination with the accredited professional
organization, shall adopt and promulgate such rules, regulations, resolutions,
the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of Practice for
386
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and Electronics
Technicians to carry out the provisions of this Act, which shall be published in
the Official Gazette or a newspaper of general circulation and shall be
effective fifteen (15) days after publication therein.
SEC. 40. Appropriations. - The Chairperson of the Professional Regulation

Commission shall include in the Commission's program the implementation of
this Act, the funding of which shall be included in the annual General
Appropriations Act.
SEC. 41. Separability Clause. - If any provisions of this Act or any portion
hereof is declared unconstitutional by any competent court, the other
provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby.
SEC. 42. Repealing Clause. - Republic Act No. 5734 is hereby repealed. All
other laws, executive orders, rules and regulations or parts thereof in conflict
with the provisions of this Act are hereby repealed or amended accordingly.
SEC. 43. Effectivity. - This Act shall take effect fifteen (15) days following its
full publication in the Official Gazette or any newspaper of general circulation.
Approved.
FRANKLIN M. DRILLON
President of the Senate
JOSE DE VENECIA, JR.

Speaker of the House of Representatives
This act which is a consolidation of House Bill No. 5224 and Senate Bill No.
2683 was finally passed by the House of Representatives and the Senate on
February 2, 2004.
OSCAR G. YABES ROBERTO P. NAZARENO

Secretary of the Senate Secretary General
House of Representatives
387
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Approved: April 17, 2004

GLORIA MACAPAGAL-ARROYO
President of the Philippines
BOARD OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Resolution No. 02
Series of 2007
RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING REPUBLIC ACT

NUMBERED NINETY-TWO AND NINETY-TWO (R.A. 9292), KNOWN AS
“THE ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAW OF 2004.”
Pursuant to Section 39, Article VIII of Republic Act No. 9292:

“AN ACT PROVIDING FOR A MORE RESPONSIVE AND
COMPREHENSIVE REGULATION FOR THE REGULATION, LICENSING
AND PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTRONICSS ENGINEERS,
ELECTRONICS ANGINEERS AND ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS,
REPEALING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 5734, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS “THE
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING ACT OF THE
PHILIPPINES,” AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES”, the Professional
Regulatory Board of Electronics Engineering hereby promulgates,
subject to approval by the Professional Regulation Commission, the
hereunder rules and regulations to carry out effectively the provisions
of R.A. No. 9292.
Rule I
SHORT TITLE, STATEMENT OF POLICY, DEFINITION OF TERMS,
SCOPE OF PRACTICE
SECTION 1. Short Title. – This Resolution shall be known as the “RULES

AND REGULATIONS OF THE “ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAW OF
2004”, hereinafter - referred to as the “IRR”.
SEC. 2. Statement of Policy – The State recognizes the importance of

electronics engineering in nation-building and development. The state shall
therefore develop and nurture competent, virtuous, productive and well-
rounded Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and
Electronics Technicians whose standard of practice and service shall be
excellent, qualitative, world class and globally competitive through inviolable,
honest, effective and credible licensure examinations and through regulatory
measures, programs and activities that foster their integrity, continuing
388
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
professional education, development and growth. This “IRR” shall be
integrated, construed, and carried out in the light of the Statement of Policy in
Sec. 2, Art. I of R.A. No. 9292.
SEC. 3. Definition and Interpretation of Terms – As used in R.A. 9292, the

following terms shall mean:
(a) Act – refers to R.A. No. No. 9292
(b) Accredited Professional Organization – refers to the

Institute of Electronics Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.
(IECEP) as the integrated and accredited national
organization of Professional Electronics Engineers,
Electronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians
pursuant to Sec. 32, Art. V of R.A. No. 9292.
(c) Broadcast, Broadcasting - an undertaking the object of

which is to transmit audio, video, text, images or other
signals or messages for reception of a broad audience in a
geographical area via wired or wireless means.
(d) Commercial Establishment - shall include but not be

limited to office buildings, hotels, motels, hospitals,
condominiums, stores, apartments, supermarkets, schools,
studios, stadia, parking areas, memorial chapels/parks,
watercraft and aircraft used for business or profit, and any
other building/s or area/s for business purposes, where
electronic or electronically-controlled machinery or
equipment are installed and/or are being used, sold,
(e) Communications - the process of sending and/or

receiving information, data, signals and/or messages
between two (2) or more points by radio, cable, optical
wave guides or other devices and wired or wireless
medium.
(f) Computer – any of a variety of electronic devices that is

capable of accepting data, programs and/or instructions,
executing the programs and/or instructions to process the
data and presenting the results.
(g) Consulting Services - as used in this Act, shall include

services requiring adequate technical expertise, experience
389
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
and professional capability in undertaking advisory and

review, pre-investment or feasibility studies, design,
planning, construction, supervision, management and
related services, and other technical studies or special
studies in the field of electronics engineering.
(h) Electronics - the science dealing with the development

and application of devices and systems involving the flow
of electrons or other carriers of electric charge, in a
vacuum, in gaseous media, in plasma, in semiconductors,
in solid-state and/or in similar devices, including, but not
limited to, applications involving optical, electromagnetic
and other energy forms when transduced or converted into
electronic signals.
(i) Electronics and Communications Engineer - a person

who is qualified to hold himself/herself out as a duly
registered and licensed Electronics and Communications
Engineer under Republic Act No. 5734;
(j) Electronics Engineer - a person who is qualified to hold

himself/herself out as a duly registered and licensed
Electronics Engineer under R.A. No. 9292 and to affix to
his/her name the letters "ECE".
(k) Electronics Technician - a person who is qualified to hold

himself/herself out as a duly registered and licensed
Electronics Technician under this Act and to affix to his/her
name the letters "ECT".
(l) Industrial Plant - includes all manufacturing

establishments and other business endeavors where
electronic or electronically-controlled machinery or
equipment are installed and/or are being used, sold,
(m) Information and Communications Technology – refers

to the acquisition, production, transformation, storage and
transmission/reception of data and information by
electronic means in forms such as vocal, pictorial, textual,
numeric or the like; also to the theoretical and practical
applications and processes utilizing such data and
information.
390
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(n) Professional Electronics Engineer - a person who is

qualified to hold himself/herself out as a duly registered and
licensed Professional Electronics Engineer under R.A. No.
9292 and to affix to his/her name the letters "PECE";
(o) Telecommunications - any transmission, emission or

reception of voice, data, electronic messages, text, written
or printed matter, fixed or moving pictures or images,
words, music or visible or audible signals or sounds, or any
information, intelligence and/or control signals of any
design/format and for any purpose, by wire, radio, spectral,
visual/optical/light, or other electronic, electromagnetic and
technological means.
SEC. 4. Categories of Practice - The Act defines the three electronics

engineering and technician categories and their abbreviations as follows:
(a) Professional Electronics Engineer, (PECE)
(b) Electronics Engineer, (ECE)
(c) Electronics Technician, (ECT)
The above abbreviations, as well as other abbreviations used in R.A. No.

9292. shall, henceforth, be used in this “IRR” .
The abbreviation ECE shall take on the new meaning as defined above and
the professional title Electronics and Communications Engineer shall
henceforth cease to exist.
SEC. 5. Nature and Scope of Practice of Electronics Engineering and

Electronics Technician - (a) The scope and nature of practice of the
Electronics Engineer shall embrace and consist of any work or activity
relating to the application of engineering sciences and/or principles to the
investigation, analysis, synthesis, planning, design, specification, research
and development, provision, procurement, marketing and sales, manufacture
and production, construction and installation, tests/measurements/control,
operation, repair, servicing, technical support and maintenance of electronic
components, devices, products, apparatus, instruments, equipment, systems,
networks, operations and processes in the fields of electronics, including
communications and/or telecommunications, information and
communications technology (ICT), computers and their networking and
hardware/firmware/software development and applications,
broadcast/broadcasting, cable and wireless television, consumer and
391
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
industrial electronics, electro-optics/photonics/optoelectronics,

electromagnetics, avionics, aerospace, navigational and military applications,
medical electronics, robotics, cybernetics, biometrics and all other related and
convergent fields; it also includes the administration, management,
supervision and regulatory aspects of such works and activities; similarly
included are those teaching and training activities which develop the ability to
use electronic engineering fundamentals and related advanced knowledge in
electronics engineering, including lecturing and teaching of technical and
professional subjects given in the electronics engineering and electronics
technician curriculum and licensure examinations.
(a) The scope and nature of practice of the ECE as defined in this Section shall be
also applicable to the PECE, with the sole difference that it shall only bethe
latter who can provide consulting services as defined in R.A. No. 9292, and
to sign and seal electronics plans, drawings, permit applications, specifications,
reports and other technical documents prepared by himself/herself and/or
under his/her direct supervision;
(b) ECEs are not prevented from rendering design work and providing/assuming
any supervisory role in electronics works and related fields; provided, that
all plans, drawings, specifications, reports and related technical documents
resulting or produced from such works which shall be submitted to regulatory
authorities and/or that impacts on life, limb and property shall be reviewed
and accordingly signed and sealed only by a PECE, to indicate that the PECE
approves of and assumes responsibility for the technical accuracy and
correctness, as well as the safety aspects, of the works represented by such
documents;
(c) Consulting services, as previously defined in Section 3, Article I of R.A. No.
9292 is further clarified herein as those consulting services rendered by the
PECE regardless of the manner of compensation from the beneficiary thereof;
(d) The scope and nature of practice of the ECT profession shall embrace and
consist of any non-engineering work or activity relating to the installation,
construction, operation, control, tests and measurements, diagnosis, repair and
maintenance, manufacture and production, sales and marketing of any electronic
component/s, device/s, products, apparatus, instruments, equipment, system/s,
network/s, operations and processes located on land, watercraft, aircraft,
industrial plants or commercial establishments, including the teaching and
training of technical and professional subjects given in the electronics technician
curriculum and licensure examinations.
All subjects for licensure examinations shall be taught by persons who are
holders of valid certificates of registration and professional identification
cards, or special temporary permits issued by the Board and the
Commission; Provided, that, for the implementation of this requirement, the
392
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Board through the Commission shall, within ninety (90) days from the
effectivity of this “IRR”, furnish the CHED with a listing of the various subjects
included in the licensure examinations, together with copies of the syllabi for
the subjects for examination.
Rule II
THE PROFESSIONAL REGULATORY BOARD OF ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING
SEC. 6. Composition of the Board - The Professional Regulatory Board of

Electronics Engineering, hereinafter-referred to as the Board, under the
administrative control and supervision of the Professional Regulation
Commission, hereinafter-referred to as the Commission, shall be composed
of a Chairman and two (2) Members who shall be appointed by the President
of the Philippines from the three (3) recommendees per position chosen and
ranked by the Commission, which recommendees shall in turn be chosen
from the five (5) nominees for each position submitted by the Accredited
Professional Organization or APO, in accordance with E.O. No. 496, Series
of 1991, or the existing rules and regulations presently in existence or that
may be promulgated for such purpose.
SEC. 7. Powers and Functions of the Board - The Board is vested with
powers and authorities to :
(a) Administer/implement the provisions of R.A. No. 9292;

(b) Administer oaths in connection with the administration of R.A. No. 9292;
(c) Adopt the official seal of the Board;
(d) Issue Certificates of Registration and the Professional Identification Cards of
PECEs, ECEs or ECTs in accordance with Section 19, Article III of R.A. No.
9292, suspend or revoke the same, or otherwise suspend the holder thereof
from the practice of his/her profession for any justifiable cause in accordance
with Section 23 of R.A. NO. 9292, after due process;
(e) Maintain rosters of PECEs, ECEs, and ECTs as defined in Section 25, Article
III of R.A. No. 9292;
(f) Issue, suspend and/or cancel special permits to foreign PECEs, ECEs and ECTs
and/ or its equivalent in accordance with Sections 23 and 26, Article III of R.A.
No. 9292;
(g) Prescribe, amend or revise the requirements for licensing of PECEs, in
accordance with the basic requirements defined in Section 18, Article III of
R.A. No. 9292, and, as the need arises, taking into consideration latest
technological developments, best practices in the international field, current
developments in professional practice and the ECE profession, and any mutual
393
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
recognition/agreement or treaty acquiesced to by the Philippine government; and

prepare, adopt and issue the syllabi of the subjects for the licensure examination
for ECEs and ECTs in accordance with Section 15, Article III of R.A. No.
9292 , and prepare the questions thereof, in strict conformance with the scope of
the syllabi. For this purpose, the Board may adopt recommendations from the
Commission on Higher Education (CHED) and the Technical Education and
Skills Development Authority (TESDA) in relation to approved courses or
curricula;
(h) Adopt a program for the full computerization of the licensure examination, with
the exception of any practical examination/s as it may specify and adopt for
ECTs;
(i) Grant registration to ECTs without examination, subject to review and approval
by the Commission, in accordance with Section 20, Article III of R.A. No. 9292;
(j) Study, examine and recommend, in coordination with the CHED and the
TESDA, and in consultation with other concerned government entities and the
APO, the essential requirements as to curricula and facilities of schools, colleges
or universities, seeking permission to open courses or programs or already
offering courses or programs in electronics engineering, electronics technician
and related courses or programs and to see to it that these requirements,
including employment of qualified faculty members, are properly complied
with: Provided, that within three (3) years after the effectivity of R.A No.
9292, the Board shall, in coordination with CHED, TESDA, and in consultation
with other concerned government entities and the APO, review and define/re-
define the curricula for electronics engineering, electronics technician and/or
allied courses or programs for the purpose of re-aligning, revising and/or
consolidating the same and/or otherwise defining the minimum requirements by
means of which graduates of related or allied courses or programs can qualify to
take the ECE and ECT licensure examinations; for this purpose, the Board may
adopt the CHED- and TESDA-approved course curricula for ECE, ECT and/or
allied courses;
(k) Inspect educational institutions and based on its findings thereon, recommend to
CHED and/or the TESDA and/or other government entities concerned with the
granting of school permits or authorization, the opening,
improvement/upgrading or closure of colleges or schools and universities
offering electronics engineering and electronics technician courses or program;
accordingly, promulgate rules and regulations thereon;
(l) Adopt and administer a Code of Ethics and a Code of Technical Standards of
Practice for PECEs, ECEs and ECTs, which shall be promulgated by the APO in
accordance with Section 30, Article IV of R.A. No. 9292;
(m) In coordination and consultation with the APO and concerned parties in the
industry, academe and agencies or institutions, shall issue appropriate
Resolutions to further spell out, define and/or clarify the practice for PECEs,
394
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ECEs and ECTs in accordance with the scope and nature of practice defined
under Section 5, Article I of R.A. No. 9292;
(n) Promulgate and ensure strict compliance with a program for Continuing
Professional Education and/or development of PECEs, ECEs and ECT in
accordance with Sec. 31, Article V of R.A. No. 9292;
(o) Prescribe the minimum manning and manpower requirements for PECEs, ECEs
and ECTs in industrial plants and commercial establishments for purposes of
ensuring compliance with the provisions of R.A. No. 9292, as well as all other
ordinances, laws, rules and regulations that may be enacted hereinafter;
(p) Formulate, prescribe and adopt such rules and regulations for electronics
installations in industrial plants, commercial establishments and other buildings
or structures covered by the National Building Code of the Philippines, in
coordination with the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH),
other concerned agencies and representatives of industry and the Accredited
(q) Study the conditions affecting the PECE, ECE and ECT professions in the
Philippines, and whenever necessary, exercise the powers conferred by this and
other Laws, rules and regulations as may be deemed proper for the enhancement
and advancement of the professions and/or the maintenance of high
professional, ethical and technical standards, and for this purpose, the Board
may personally or through subordinate employees of the Commission or
member/s of the APO, duly authorized by the Board and approved by the
Commission, conduct ocular inspection or visit industrial plants and commercial
establishments where PECEs, ECEs and ECTs are employed for the purpose of
determining compliance with the provisions of law relative thereto, in
accordance with established policies, rules and regulations of the Commission;
(r) Hear and decide violations of the Act, the Code of Ethics and the Code of
Technical Standards of Practice for the profession, and for this purpose, issue
subpoena ad testificandum and/or subpoena duces tecum to secure attendance of
witnesses and the production of documents in connection with the charges
presented to and/or any investigation pending before the Board;
(s) Delegate the hearing or investigation of administrative cases filed before it to
authorized officers of the Commission, except in cases where the issue involved
strictly concerns the practice of the PECE, ECE and ECT professions, in which
case the hearing shall be presided over by at least one (1) member of the Board
assisted by a Legal or Hearing Officer of the Commission;
(t) Promulgate resolutions, orders and/or decisions on such administrative cases.
Such resolutions, orders and/or decisions shall be subject to appeal within fifteen
(15) days from receipt thereof with the Commission, which may affirm or
reverse the same, dismiss the case, deny the appeal or remand the case to the
Board for further action or proceeding. If after fifteen (15) days from the receipt
of such decision no appeal is taken therefrom to the Commission, the same shall
become final and immediately enforceable;
395
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(u) Submit to the Commission an annual action plan and corresponding report at the
beginning and close of each fiscal year on the activities, proceedings and
accomplishments of the Board for the year, incorporating therein any
recommendations to the Commission; and
(v) Discharge such other powers and functions as it and the Commission may deem
necessary for the practice of the profession and the upgrading, enhancement,
development and growth of the PECE, ECE and ECT professions in the
Philippines.
Except in administrative cases, all resolutions issued and/or promulgated by

the Board in the exercise of the powers and functions vested under R.A No.
9292 and expounded in the RR thereof shall be subject to the review and
approval by the Commission. Whenever necessary and practicable, the
Board shall consult with all affected parties before issuing such Resolutions.
All such Resolutions shall be approved by a majority of the Board.
Duties of Chairman and Members. The Chairman shall preside at all

meetings and sign all official documents, letters, correspondence involving
important matters and policies of the Board including summons, subpoena or
subpoena duces tecum. In case of temporary incapacity or absence of the
Chairman, it shall be the duty of the members of the Board to attend all
meetings particularly when the purpose of such meetings is to deliberate on
the results of examinations or questions involving important policies of the
Board.
Meetings. Regular monthly meetings shall be held. Special meetings may

be held as often as may be necessary at the discretion of the Chairman or
upon the request of the majority of the Board.
Quorum. All members shall attend the meetings of the Board, except for
unavoidable circumstances, in which case two members of the Board may be
sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of official business.
SEC. 8. Qualifications of Board Members – The Chairman and members

of the Board must possess the following qualifications at the time of their
appointment:
(a) Be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines for at least five (5) consecutive
years prior to his/her appointment;
(b) Be of good moral character and integrity;
396
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(c) Be a holder of a valid Certificate of Registration and a valid Professional
Identification Card as a PECE, duly qualified to practice as a PECE in the
Philippines;
(d) Be a member of good standing of the APO;
(e) Be in active practice of the electronics engineering profession for at least ten
(10) continuous years prior to his/her appointment, either in self-practice, or
employment in government service and/or in the private sector;
(f) Must not have any pecuniary interest, directly or indirectly, in any school,
academy, college, university or institution conferring an academic degree and/or
certification/accreditation necessary for admission to the practice of Electronics
Engineering and/or Electronics Technician or where review classes in
preparation for the licensure examination are being offered or conducted nor
shall he/she be a member of the faculty or of the administration thereof prior to
taking his/her oath of office; and
(g) Must not have been convicted of an offense involving moral turpitude.
SEC. 9. Term of Office - The members of the Board shall hold office for a
term of three (3) years from date of appointment or until their successors
shall have been appointed and qualified and may be re-appointed once for
another term. Any vacancy occurring within the term of a member shall be
filled for the unexpired portion of the term only: Provided, That the member
appointed to serve the unexpired term may be re-appointed more than once
for as long as his/her continuous tenure shall not exceed six (6) years. Each
member of the Board shall take the proper oath prior to the assumption of
office.
SEC. 10. Compensation and Allowances of the Board - The Chairman

and members of the Board shall receive compensation and allowances
comparable to that being received by the Chairman and members of existing
regulatory Boards under the Commission as provided for in the General
Appropriations Act.
SEC. 11. Removal of Board Members - The President of the Philippines,

upon recommendation of the Commission, may suspend or remove any
member of the Board for neglect of duty, incompetence, manipulation or
rigging of the licensure examination results, disclosure of secret information
or the examination questions prior to the conduct of the said examination, or
tampering of the grades therein, for unprofessional or unethical conduct, or
for any final judgment or conviction of any criminal offense by the Courts,
after having given the member concerned an opportunity to be heard and/or
to defend himself/herself in a proper administrative investigation.
SEC. 12. Custodian of Board Records, Secretariat and Support

Services - All records of the Board, including applications for examination,
397
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
administrative cases involving PECEs, ECEs and ECTs shall be kept by the
Commission. The Commission shall designate the Secretary of the Board
and shall provide the secretariat and other support services to implement the
provisions of R.A. No. 9292.
Rule III
EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION AND LICENSURE
SEC. 13 . Licensure Examination. – Except as specifically provided in

Sections 20 and 33 of R.A. No. 9292, all applicants seeking to be registered
and licensed as ECEs and ECTs shall undergo the required examinations to
be given by the Board in such places and dates as the Commission may
designate in accordance with the provisions of Republic Act No. 8981.
SEC. 14. Qualification for Examination. - In order to be allowed to take

the examination for ECE or ECT, an applicant must, at the time of the filing of
his/her application, establish to the satisfaction of the Board that:
(a) He/She is a citizen of the Philippines or of a foreign country qualified to take the
examination as provided for in Section 33, Article V of R.A. No. 9292;
(b) He/She is of good moral character and had not been convicted by a court of law
of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude;
(c) For the ECE examinations, He/She is a holder of a degree of Bachelor of
Science in Electronics and Communications Engineering or Electronics
Engineering, or subject to compliance with minimum requirements to be
prescribed by the Board through an appropriate Resolution, such equivalent
and/or related engineering course or program from any school, institute, college,
or university recognized by the Government or the State where it is established,
after completing a resident collegiate course equivalent to that of a full
baccalaureate degree. For graduates of equivalent and/or related engineering
course or programs who are allowed to take the ECE licensure examination, the
Board shall issue the corresponding Resolution/s identifying the concerned
applicants and citing the basis for compliance with the minimum requirements it
has prescribed that would allow them to take the licensure examination.
(d) For the ECT examinations:
(1) He/She is a graduate of an Associate, Technician, Trade or

Vocational course in electronics or, subject to the evaluation of
the Board, such equivalent and/or related formal or non-formal
course or program from any school, college, university or
training institution recognized by the Government or the State
where it is established, after completing a resident course or
program of not less than two (2) years. For graduates of related
398
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
formal or non-formal course or programs who will be allowed to
take the ECT licensure examination, the Board shall issue the
corresponding Resolution/s identifying the applicants and citing
the basis for compliance with the minimum requirements it has
prescribed that would allow them to take the licensure
examination; or
(2) He/she has completed at least the minimum third-year equivalent
of a Bachelor of Science program in Electronics and
Communications Engineering or Electronics Engineering
program according to CHED guidelines, or, subject to the
evaluation of the Board, such equivalent and/or related
engineering course or program from any school, institute, college
or university recognized by the Government or State where it is
established. For undergraduates of Bachelor of Science in
Electronics and Communications or Electronics Engineering
programs, submission of transcript of records would be deemed
satisfactory for compliance. For graduates of related engineering
course or programs, the Board shall issue the corresponding
Resolution/s identifying the applicants and citing compliance
with the minimum requirements it has prescribed that would
allow them to take the licensure examination.
SEC. 15 Scope of Examinations. –

(1) For Electronic Engineers – The examination for ECEs shall
consist of written test which shall be divided into four (4) general
areas: Mathematics (20%), General Engineering and Applied
Sciences (20%), Electronics Engineering (30%) and Electronics
Systems and Technologies (30%). The subjects to be covered
shall include the following: Mathematics, Applied Sciences,
Engineering Economics, Laws and Ethics, Electronics,
Communications, Computers and Information and
Communications Technology (ICT). The corresponding syllabi
and descriptions are found in Annex “A” of this “IRR”.
(2) For Electronics Technicians – The examinations for ECT shall
consist of written and/or practical tests covering subjects to be
prescribed by the Board and shall cover topics specific to the
practice of ECTs. For this purpose, the Board may adopt
recommendations from the TESDA in relation to approved
course curricula and/or subjects covered in similar examinations
that the latter is administering and/or conducting for accreditation
of electronics technicians. As urgent and important need arises
so as to conform to technological and modern changes, the Board
may, through appropriate Resolutions, re-cluster, rearrange,
modify, add to or exclude any subject and prescribe the number
399
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
of final examination/s per year after approval by the Commission.

The Resolution thereon shall be officially published in the
Official Gazette or major daily newspapers of general circulation
and also circularized and disseminated to all colleges and schools
offering the ECE and ECT programs.
Filing of Application –
(1) Applications shall be made in the prescribed form with all the
required documents attached therewith and no application made
otherwise shall be accepted. All questions and/or requirements in
the Commission prescribed form shall be answered in full and/or
fully complied with. Applications shall be filed together with the
required documents and fees with the Commission thirty (30)
working days prior to the first day of examination but in no case
later than ten (10) days before the actual first day of
examinations.
(2) By filing of the application, it is understood that such is
conditional and the applicant agrees to observe strictly the
requirements prescribed in this “IRR”.
(3) The designated department of the Commission shall screen the
applications to determine whether or not the requirements for
admission to the examination have been complied with.
SEC. 16 Ratings – To pass the licensure examination, a candidate for ECE

or ECT must obtain a passing rating of seventy percent (70%) in each of the
four (4) tests given during the examination. If a candidate obtains a passing
rating in three (3) tests, but obtains a rating in one test below 70%, but not
lower than 60%, shall be allowed to take one removal examination in any
scheduled board examination on the test where he/she failed to obtain the
passing rating. Should the examinee fail to obtain a passing rating in the
removal examination, he/she shall be considered as having failed the entire
licensure examination.
SEC. 17 Release of Result of Examination. – The Board and the

Commission shall correct and rate the licensure examination and shall
release the result within fifteen (15) days after the said examination.
SEC. 18. Qualifications and Schedule of Registration for Professional

Electronics Engineers. – The following requirements are applicable for the
application for registration as a PECE:
(a) Valid Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card as an ECE;
400
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
(b) Valid/current membership identification card or certificate of membership of
good standing from the APO;
(c) Certified experience record of active self-practice and/or employment either in
government service or in the private sector, in the format to be prescribed by the
Board, indicating the inclusive dates, companies worked for, description of
specific responsibilities, relevant accomplishments and name, position of
immediate supervisors for a period of at least seven (7) years (inclusive and/or
aggregate), at least two (2) years of which are in responsible charge of
significant engineering work, from the date applicant took his/her oath as an
Electronics and Communications Engineer or Electronics Engineer; the seven
years inclusive or aggregate experience includes those which have been
accumulated when the applicant was still holding the Electronics and
Communications Engineering registration under Republic Act No. 5734; and
(d) Three (3) certifications signed by three (3) PECEs attesting that the experience
record submitted by the applicant is factual. The Board shall specify the format
for such certifications.
Applications for registration as PECE may be submitted anytime to

the Commission. The Board shall then schedule an en banc oral
interview of the applicant for the purpose of verifying, authenticating
and assessing the submittals and establishing the competency of
the applicant according to rules, regulations and competency
standards to be formulated by the Board. For this purpose, the
Board may formulate its own competency standards or adopt
internationally-accepted competency standards that it may deem
acceptable, against which the qualification and competency of the
applicant to practice as a PECE shall be assessed. Such
competency standards shall be widely disseminated by the Board.
Under the exception proviso stipulated in this particular Section 18,

Article III of R.A. No. 9292 those who have been registered and
licensed as Electronics and Communications Engineers under
Republic Act No. 5734 for at least seven (7) years upon the
effectivity of R.A. No. 9292 as elucidated in the afore-said provision
need only to submit items (a), (b), and (c). Under the same
exception proviso, those who have been registered and licensed as
Electronics and Communications Engineers under Republic Act No.
5734 for less than seven (7) years upon the effectivity of the Act,
may apply for “fast track” upgrading to PECE category, but shall
additionally submit item (d) above and are mandatorily required to
go through an en banc oral interview by the Board for verification
and authentication of the submitted documents as well as
competency assessment, upon passing of which can be registered
as a PECE.
401
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SEC. 19. Issuance of Certificate of Registration and Professional

Identification Cards. - A Certificate of Registration shall be issued to
examinees who pass the ECE and ECT licensure examination, to ECEs who
are registered as PECEs and to ECTs Technicians who are registered
without examination, subject to payment of fees prescribed by the
Commission. The Certificate of Registration shall bear the signature of the
Chairperson and Members of the Board, stamped with the official seal of the
Commission and the Board, indicating that the person named therein is
entitled to practice the profession with all the privileges appurtenant thereto,
subject to compliance with all applicable requirements. The said certificate
shall remain in full force and effect until withdrawn, suspended or revoked in
accordance with Section 23 of R.A. No. 9292.
A Professional Identification Card bearing the registration number and date of

registration, duly signed by the Chairperson of the Commission, shall likewise
be issued to every registrant who has paid the prescribed fee. This
Professional Identification Card will serve as evidence that the holder thereof
is duly registered with the Commission. The Professional Identification Card
shall be valid for a period prescribed by the Commission and renewable
thereafter. The current/valid membership identification card from the APO
shall be presented by the professional to the Commission when renewing the
Professional Identification Card.
SEC. 20. Registration with and without Examination for Electronics

Technicians (ECT). – Within five (5) years from the effectivity of R.A. No.
9292 on May 28, 2004 pursuant to Rule VII, Section 3 herein, the Board
shall issue the corresponding Certificates of Registration and Professional
Identification Cards to successful applicants for registration as Electronics
Technicians who shall present evidence or other proof satisfactory to the
Board that the applicants shall present evidence or other proof satisfactory
to the Board that:
(a) He/she is a graduate of at least a two-year Associate, Technician or Trade or
Vocational course in Electronics as certified by the TESDA, or that he/she has
completed at least the minimum third-year equivalent of a Bachelor’s Degree of
Science in Electronics and Communications Engineering or Electronics
Engineering program according to the CHED guidelines, or subject to the
evaluation of the Board, an equivalent and/or related formal or non-formal
course or program from any school, institute, college, university or training
institution recognized by the Government or the State where it is established;
and
(b) He/ she has rendered at least seven (7) years (inclusive or aggregate) of active
self-practice and/or employment either in the Government or private sector,
402
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
indicating therein his/her specific duties and responsibilities, relevant
accomplishments, the complete names and addresses or clients and companies
or persons worked for, as well as the names and positions of immediate
supervisors.
The above submittals shall be accompanied by individual certifications from

at least three (3) registered PECEs vouching for the integrity, technical
capability and good moral character of the applicant in a format to be
prescribed by the Board. Such certifications shall be sealed by the PECEs.
SEC. 21. Non-issuance of a Certificate of Registration and/or

Professional Identification Card for Certain Grounds - The Board and/or
the Commission shall not register and shall not issue a Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card to any person convicted by
a court of competent jurisdiction of any crime involving moral turpitude, to any
person of immoral or dishonorable conduct and to any person of unsound
mind, furnishing the party concerned a written statement containing the
reasons for such action, which statement shall be incorporated in the records
of the Board.
SEC. 22. Professional Oath – All successful examinees and all those who
have qualified for registration without examination shall be required to take a
professional oath before any member of the Board or any person authorized
by the Commission before he/she can be registered and issued a Certificate
of Registration and Professional Identification Card, and as a prerequisite to
practicing as a Professional Electronics Engineer, Electronics Engineer or
Electronics Technician.
SEC. 23. Revocation and Suspension of Certificate of Registration,

Professional Identification Card and Cancellation of Special Permits. –
The Board shall, upon proper notice and hearing, revoke or suspend the
validity of a Certificate of Registration and accordingly the Professional
Identification Card, or cancel a Special Permit granted under Section 26 of
the Act, for any of the causes mentioned therein, or for unprofessional or
unethical conduct, malpractice, incompetence or any violation of R.A. No.
9292, the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of Practice, or
where fraud, deceit, or false statement was found to have been employed in
obtaining said Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card or
Special Permit.
No certificate shall be denied, revoked or suspended for any of the reasons

herein, provided, not until after a sworn complaint in writing and sworn to
by the person making it against the applicant or holder thereof shall have
been filed with the Board through the Legal and Investigation Office and
403
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
heard in a public hearing, or upon request behind closed doors by the

Board.
Any person, firm, or association may file charges in accordance with the
provisions of this section against any registrant, or the Board may motu
proprio investigate and/or take cognizance of acts and practices constituting
sufficient cause for suspension or revocation of the Certificate of
Registration by proper resolution or order. The rules on administrative
investigation issued by the Commission shall govern the hearing or
investigation of the case, subject to applicable provisions of R.A. No. 9292,
R.A. No. 8981, PRC Resolution No. 06-342(A), Series of 2006, and the
Rules of Court.
SEC. 24. Reinstatement, Re-issuance or Replacement of Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card. – The Board may, two
(2) years after the revocation of a Certificate of Registration and Professional
Identification Card, upon application of the party concerned and for reasons
deemed proper and sufficient, reinstate the validity of a revoked Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card, subject to compliance with
the applicable requirements of the Commission and the Board; Provided,
That the party concerned did not commit any illegal practice of the profession
or any violation of R.A. NO. 9292 codes and policies during the time that
his/her Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card was
revoked. The Board subject to approval by the Commission shall issue a
resolution granting a petition for reinstatement to the practice of the
profession.
A new Certificate of Registration or Professional Identification Card to replace

lost, destroyed, or mutilated Certificate of Registration or Professional
Identification Card may be issued, subject to the rules promulgated by the
Board and/or the Commission, upon payment of the required fees.
SEC. 25. Roster of Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics
Engineers and Electronics Technicians. – The Board shall prepare and
maintain a roster of the names, residence and/or office address of all
registered PECEs, ECEs and ECTs, which shall be updated annually in
cooperation with the APO, indicating therein the status of the Certificate of
Registration, Professional Identification Card and membership in the APO of
the professional, whether valid, inactive due to death or other reasons,
delinquent, suspended or revoked. The said roster shall be conspicuously
posted within the premises of the Commission and the information therefrom
made available to the public upon inquiry or request.
SEC. 26. Exemptions from Examination and Registration. – No

examination and registration shall be required for foreign PECEs, ECEs or
404
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ECTs and equivalent who are temporarily employed by the Philippine
Government or by private firms in the Philippines in the following cases:
(a) Where no qualified equivalent Filipino professional is available for the specific
item of work to be rendered, as attested to by the APO. For this purpose, the
APO shall, upon formal request by the foreign professional and upon proper
verification, issue a written certification to such effect;
(b) Where the condition/s of the scope and funding for the work or project are such
that it stipulates the temporary employment of a foreign professional. The Board
shall accordingly require the foreign professional to submit the necessary
documents to evidence such condition/s;
(c) As defined in the General Agreement on Trade in Services, the ASEAN and
APEC Engineer Registry programs and other similar international treaties,
agreements and/or covenants to which the Philippine Government is a signatory
and has ratified. This shall include any bilateral or multi-lateral mutual
recognition agreements in services that the Philippines have agreed to or will
enter into in the future;
Provided, however, that:

(1) The said foreign professional is legally qualified to practice
his/her profession in his/her own country in which the
requirements for licensing and registration are not lower than
those specified in the Act. The Board shall require the foreign
professional to submit evidence or proof that it may deem
necessary for this purpose;
(2) The work to be performed by said foreign professional shall be
limited only to the particular work or project for which he/she
was specifically contracted. This shall be accordingly reflected in
the Special Permit to be issued by the Board under the following
provision of this Section;
(3) Prior to commencing the work and securing a working visa
and/or working permit from the concerned government agencies,
the foreign professional shall secure a Special Permit from the
Board, which shall be subject to the approval of the Commission.
This requirement shall be complied with all the cases (Sections
26.a, 26.b and 26.c) enumerated above;
(4) The same foreign professional shall not engage in private practice
on his/her own account. Any proven violation hereof shall be
adequate ground for cancellation and/or non-renewal of the
Special Permit granted to the foreign professional;
(5) For every foreign professional contracted for the work or project,
at least two (2) corresponding Filipino professionals who are
registered under the Act shall be employed as counterparts by the
Philippine Government or the private firm utilizing the services
405
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
of such foreign professional for at least the same duration of time

as the foreigner's tenure of work. The foreign professional shall
submit the appropriate evidence or proof of compliance with this
requirement; and
(6) The Special Permit herein granted shall be valid only for a period
of not more than six (6) months and renewable every six (6)
months thereafter subject to the discretion of the Board and the
approval of the Commission: Provided, That said permit shall
cease to be valid if the foreigner terminates his/her employment
in the work or project for which said permit was originally
granted and thereafter engages in an occupation that requires
another Special Permit or registration under R.A. No. 9292.
SEC. 27. Practice of the Profession. – No person shall offer

himself/herself in the Philippines as, or use the title "Professional Electronics
Engineer", "Electronics Engineer" or "Electronics Technician", as defined in
R.A. No. 9292, or use any word, letter figure, or sign whatsoever, tending to
convey the impression that he/she is a PECE, ECE or ECT, or advertise that
he/she is qualified to perform the work of a PECE, ECE or ECT, without
holding a valid Certificate of Registration and a valid Professional
Identification Card in accordance with R.A No. 9292 , except as provided
under Section 26, Article III thereof.
SEC. 28. Prohibitions and Limitations on the Practice of Electronics

Engineering and Electronics Technician Profession. – Unless otherwise
prescribed by any supervening law, the practice of electronics engineering
and electronics technician shall be a professional service, admission to which
must be determined on the basis of the individual’s personal qualifications.
Hence, no firm, company, partnership, association or corporation may be
registered or licensed as such for the practice of electronics engineering or
electronics technician. However, persons properly registered as PECE, ECE,
ECT may, among themselves or with any other allied professionals, form a
partnership or association or corporation and collectively render services as
such, Provided, that individual members of such partnerships or associations
or corporations shall be responsible for their own respective acts. The Board
subject to approval by the Commission shall issue a resolution on the
guidelines for the registration by the Board and the Commission of a
partnership, association or corporation composed of PECEs, ECEs, ECTs.
SEC. 29. Seal of the Professional Electronics Engineers. – All

licensed Professional Electronics Engineers shall obtain and use a seal of a
design prescribed by the Board bearing the registrant’s name, registration
Number and title. Plans, drawings, permit application, specifications, reports
406
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
and other technical documents prepared by and/or executed under the
membership number in the Accredited Professional Organization when filed
with government authorities or when used professionally.
Official Logo of the Board and Seal of

Professional Electronics Engineer –
(a) The Official Seal/Logo of the Board which is shown hereunder is
circular in shape, consisting two concentric circles, with the outside
circle measuring 48mm in diameter and the inner circle measuring 28mm in
diameter. The upper part of the annular space bear the words BOARD OF
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING and lower half the words PROFESSIONAL
REGULATION COMMISSION. The inner circle space has the symbol of an
atom with a nucleus and electrons located at the middle portion. The outer
and inner ring is filled with orange with boundaries in navy blue color, the text
is black with white background, the inner ring is filled with navy blue
background, the atom with white and the nucleus and electrons in red color.
(b) The Seal of Professional Electronics Engineer as provided by

Section 29, Article IV of R.A. No. 9292 shall be, a dry circular seal
consisting of two concentric circles with the outer circle measuring 48mm
in diameter and the inner circle measuring 32mm in diameter with the
appearance of an atom with a nucleus and electrons on the upper portion, a
horizontal space bearing the word LICENSE NO. and just below is the license
number. The portion of the inner circle below the diametral space shall bear
the name of the person holding the Professional Electronics Engineer
407
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
license. The upper portion of the annular space bear the words
PROFESSIONAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEER and the lower portion
bear the word PHILIPPINES.
All registered Professional Electronics Engineers shall obtain and use a seal
prescribed by the Board bearing the registrant’s name, title and registration
number. Plans, drawings, reports, permit applications, specifications and
other technical documents prepared by and/or executed under the
membership number in the APO when filed with government authorities or
when used professionally.
For control and security purposes, the Board subject to approval by the
Commission shall issue a Resolution, designating the APO as the sole
source of the PECE dry seal, including any replacement for lost or damaged
dry seals. The APO shall take the necessary security measures to ensure the
authenticity and integrity of all PECE dry seals that it issues, maintain an
accurate record thereof, and render an annual report thereon to the Board
and the Commission.
SEC. 30. Code of Ethics and Code of Technical Standards of Practice.

- The Board shall adopt the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical
Standards of Practice for PECEs, ECEs and ECTs, which shall be
promulgated by the APO. The APO shall submit the same to the Board within
six (6) months from the effectivity of this “IRR” for consideration and adoption.
The Code of Technical Standards of Practice shall be updated whenever
necessary to conform to latest technological standards, changes, trends, and
developments.
408
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SEC. 31. Continuing Professional Education (CPE) and/or Development

Programs. – All registered PECEs, ECEs and ECTs shall comply with
pertinent rules and regulations already prescribed by and/or as may be
prescribed and promulgated by the Commission and/or the Board, the APO
and other government agencies, pursuant to R.A. No. 9292, as well as other
relevant laws, international treaties, agreements and/or covenants to which
the Philippines is a signatory and has ratified, with respect to Continuing
Professional Education and/or Development (CPE/D) and/or other
similar/related programs;
Such CPE/D program shall be jointly developed by the Board, the

Commission, and the APO, in consultation with any other affected or
concerned agencies of the government, and promulgated by the Board in
accordance with Section 7(n), Article II of R.A. No. 9292. The program shall
be continuously reviewed and updated to keep it attuned to modern
technology and technical standards, latest developments, and current best
practices.
SECTION 32. Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization. –

There shall be one (1) integrated and Accredited Professional Organization of
Professional Electronics Engineers, electronics Engineers and Electronics
Technicians in the country, which shall be registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as a non-stock, non-profit corporation and recognized
by the Board, the Commission and all government agencies as the one and
only integrated and accredited national organization for the said
professionals. Every Professional electronics Engineer, electronics Engineer
and Electronics Technician, upon registration with the Commission as such,
shall ipso facto become a member of this Accredited Professional
Organization. Those who have bee previously registered by the Board but
are not members of this Accredited Professional Organization at the time of
effectivity of R.A. No. 9292, shall be allowed to register as members of this
organization within three (3) years after the effectivity of this Act .
Membership in this Accredited Professional Organization shall not be a bar
to membership in other association of the electronics engineering and
electronics technician professions.
An Accredited Professional Organization shall implement the continuing

professional education, accredit other organizations or entities to provide
continuing professional education, and/or the Commission, compliance with
which shall be one of the requisites for the maintenance of membership in
good standing of the professional in the Accredited Professional
Organization. All members of good standing of this Accredited Professional
Organization shall be issued a annual membership card indicating the
409
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
membership number and validity period of the membership, which shall be

affixed to all plans, specifications and any document signed by the member
in the course of practice of his/her profession. Failure to maintain
membership in good standing in the Accredited Professional Organization
shall be a cause for listing of the individual as delinquent in the roster of
professionals.
SEC. 33 . Foreign Reciprocity - No foreigner shall be admitted for

registration as PECE, ECE or ECT with or without examination under the Act
unless he/she proves in the manner as provided by the Board that, by
specific provisions of law, the country, state or province of which he/she is a
citizen, subject or national, or in accordance with international treaties,
agreements and/or covenants to which their country, state or province is a
signatory, admits Filipino citizens to practice as PECE, ECE or ECT after an
examination or registration
process on terms of strict and absolute equality with the citizens, subjects or
nationals of said country, including the unconditional recognition of
professional licenses issued by the Board and/or the Commission and
prerequisite degrees/diplomas issued by institutions of learning duly
recognized by the government of the Philippines. The foreigner who applies
for examination and/or registration under such case has the burden of
proving the existence of reciprocity in his/her country, state or province.
A foreign citizen, whether he/she studies in the Philippines or not, who

desires to take the Board Licensure Examination for PECEs, ECEs, ECTs
through reciprocity shall initiate the establishment of reciprocity between
his/her country/state and the Philippines by presenting/submitting a letter or
any document signed and under official seal by the appropriate official of
his/her country/state requesting the Chairman of the Board to allow the
foreign applicant to take the Board Licensure Examination for Guidance
Counselors that by express provision of the law of his/her country/state,
Filipino citizens shall be allowed to take the Licensure Examination for
PECEs, ECEs, ECTs and to register as PECEs, ECEs, ECTs in his/her
country/state on terms of strict and absolute equality with the citizens or
subjects of said country or state including the unconditional recognition of
prerequisite degrees issued by institutions of higher learning duly recognized
or established by the Government of the Republic of the Philippines
attaching/appending thereto an authentic or authenticated official copy of said
law officially translated in the English language.
If the letter/document and the copy of the law submitted by the applicant is
satisfactory to the Board, the Board shall issue a Resolution allowing the
foreign applicant to take the Board Licensure Examination for PECEs, ECEs,
410
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ECTs by requiring him/her to file an application to take the Licensure
Examination and by submitting the following documents that shall accompany
the application.
(a) The original or certified copy of any official document issued by the Bureau of
Immigration and Deportation allowing the applicant to enter and reside in the
Philippines;
(b) Present his/her passport for examination and for photocopying of pertinent
information about the applicant;
(c) Original or authenticated copy of transcript of records or equivalent document of
the course for Licensure Examination issued by the institution of higher learning
where he/she studied, duly authorized or accredited by his/her country/state; and
(d) Other documents which may be required to be submitted by the Board.
SEC. 34. Positions in Government Requiring the Services of

Registered and Licensed Professional Electronics Engineers,
Electronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians. - Within three (3)
years from the effectivity of R.A. No. 9292, all existing and proposed
positions in the local and national government, whether career, permanent,
temporary or contractual and primarily requiring the services of PECEs, ECEs
or ECTs shall accordingly be filled only by registered and licensed PECEs,
ECEs or ECTs. The Board shall coordinate with the concerned government
agency/ies regarding the procedure and requirements for the implementation
and strict compliance with Section 34, Article V of R.A. No. 9292;
SEC. 35 . Penal Provisions – The following shall be punished by a fine of

not less than One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00) nor more than
One million pesos (P1,000,000.00), or by imprisonment of not less than six
(6) months nor more than six (6) years, or both, in the discretion of the court:
(a) Any person who shall give any false or fraudulent statement to the Board to
obtain a Certificate of Registration and/or Professional Identification Card as
PECE, ECE or ECT;
(b) Any person who shall present or use as his/her own a Certificate of Registration,
Professional Identification Card, membership identification card in the APO
and/or seal issued to another and any person who allows the use of his/her
Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card, membership card in
the APO and/or seal;
(c) Any person who shall present or use a revoked or suspended Certificate of
Registration as PECE, ECE or ECT;
(d) Any person who shall assume, use, advertise or otherwise practice as PECE,
ECE or ECT, or append to his/her name, any letter/s or words tending to convey
411
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
the impression that he/she is a registered PECE, ECE or ECT, when in fact
he/she is not duly registered with the Board as such;
(e) Any PECE, or any person on his/her behalf, who shall stamp or seal any
document with his/her seal as such after his/her Certificate of Registration,
Professional Identification Card and membership card in the APO has been
revoked or suspended or after he/she has been suspended from practice or
removed from the roster of PECEs, ECEs or ECTs;
(f) Any PECE who shall sign his/her name, affix his/her seal, or use any other
method of signature on plans, technical descriptions or other documents
prepared by or under the supervision of another PECE, unless the same is
prepared in such manner as to clearly indicate the part of such work actually
performed by the former;
(g) Any person, except the PECE or ECE-in-charge, who shall sign for any
electronics engineering work, or any function of electronics engineering
practice, not actually performed by him/her;
(h) Any person holding a Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification
Card as PECE, ECE or ECT who shall be involved in illegal wire-tapping,
cloning, hacking, cracking, piracy and/or other forms of unauthorized and
malicious electronic eavesdropping and/or the use of any electronic devices in
violation of the privacy of another or in disregard of the privilege of private
communications and/or safety to life, physical and/or intellectual property of
others, or who shall maintain an unlicensed and/or unregistered communications
system or device; and
(i) Any person who shall violate any provision of R.A. No. 9292 or any rules,
regulations, the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of Practice
promulgated hereunder.
SEC. 36. Assistance of Law Enforcement and Other Government

Agencies - Any law enforcement agency shall, upon call or request of the
Board and/or the Commission, render assistance in enforcing R.A. No. 9292
including the Code of Ethics, Code of Technical Standards of Practice and
the “IRR”, and measures promulgated hereunder, by prosecuting violators
thereof in accordance with law and the Rules of Court;
Any department, instrumentality, office, bureau, institution or agency of the

government including local governments, upon call or request from the Board
and/or the Commission, shall render such assistance as it may require,
cooperate and coordinate with it in carrying out, enforcing or implementing
R.A. No. 9292, the codes, policies, measures, programs or activities of the
Board and/or the Commission that it may undertake pursuant to the
provisions of R.A. No. 9292.
412
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Rule VII
TRANSITORY PROVISIONS
SEC. 37. Transitory Provisions. – Upon effectivity on May 24, 2004 of

R.A. No. 9292, the incumbent Board of Electronics and Communications
Engineering shall complete all pending/unfinished works within a six (6)
month period, after which it shall cease to exist. The President of the
Philippines shall before then appoint the Chairman and Members of the first
Board of Electronics Engineering in accordance with Sections 6 and 8 herein,
who shall formulate and thereafter promulgate the rules and regulations for
the implementation of R.A. No. 9292.
SEC. 38. Vested Rights: Electronics and Communications Engineers

when this Law is Passed. - Electronics and Communications Engineers
holding a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card
at the time of the effectivity on May 24, 2004 of R.A. No. 9292 shall be
automatically registered and recognized as Electronics Engineers and shall
be issued a new Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification
Card as Electronics Engineer with the same license number as their original
Electronics and Communications Engineer Certificate of Registration upon
filing of application in the prescribed form of the Commission, payment of the
prescribed fees and submission of valid/current ID or Certificate of
Membership from the APO.
Rule VIII
FINAL PROVISIONS
SEC. 39. Implementing Rules and Regulations. - Subject to the approval

of the Commission, the Board, in coordination with the accredited
professional organization, shall adopt and promulgate such rules, regulations,
resolutions, the Code of Ethics and the Code of Technical Standards of
Practice for Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers, and
Electronics Technicians to carry out the provisions of R.A. No. 9292 which
shall be published in the Official Gazette or a newspaper of general
circulation in the Philippines and shall be effective after fifteen (15) days its
full and complete publication therein.
SEC. 40. Appropriations. – The Chairperson of the Professional
Regulation Commission shall include in the Commission’s program the
implementation of R.A No. 9292, the funding of which shall be included in the
Annual General Appropriation Act.
413
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SEC. 41. Separability Clause. – If any provision of this “IRR”, or the

application thereof to any person or circumstance is declared or
unconstitutional invalid or, all the rest of the provisions or application thereof
to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such declaration.
SEC. 42. Repealing Provisions. – All Rules and Regulations, Board

Resolutions and memoranda or parts thereof in conflict with any provision of
this “IRR” and/or inconsistent herewith are hereby repealed or amended
accordingly.
SEC. 43. Effectivity. – This “IRR” shall take effect after fifteen (15) days
following its complete and full publication in the Official Gazette or in any
newspaper of circulation in the Philippines.
st
Done in the City of Manila, Philippines on the 31 day of August, 2007.
SIGNED
SYLVIA ICASIANO-MARCELO
Chairman
SIGNED SIGNED
NESTOR C. DACANAY JOEL B. BAJADOR
Member Member
ATTESTED BY:
SIGNED
CARLOS G. ALMELOR
Secretary
Professional Regulatory Boards
APPROVED :
SIGNED
LEONOR TRIPON-ROSERO
Chairperson
SIGNED SIGNED
NILO L. ROSAS RUTH R. PADILLA
Commissioner Commissioner
414
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ASIM/NCD/JBB/CGA/Shirley
C:irr 9292 final draft
TEST – 8-4
1. RA 9292 is known as
A. Electronics Engineering Law of 2004

B. Electronics and Communications Engineering Law of the Philippines
C. Electronics and Communications Engineering Law of 2004
D. Electronics Engineering Law of the Philippines
2. The science dealing with the development and application of devices and
systems involving the flow of electrons or other carriers of electric
charge, in a vacuum, in gaseous media, in plasma, in semiconductors, in
solid-state and/or in similar devices, including, but not limited to,
applications involving optical, electromagnetic and other energy forms
when transduced or converted into electronic signals.
A. Electronics
B. Communications
C. Electricity
D. Physics
3. A person who is qualified to hold himself/herself out as a duly

registered/licensed Professional Electronics Engineer under RA 9292
and to affix to his/her name the letters "PECE".
A. Professional Electronics and Communications Engineer

B. Professional Electronics Engineer
C. Electronics Engineer
D. Electronics and Communications Engineer

registered/licensed Electronics Engineer under RA 9292 and to affix to
his/her name the letters "ECE".

415
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

registered/licensed Electronics Technician under RA 9292 and to affix to
his/her name the letters "ECT".

D. Electronics Technician
6. A person who is qualified to hold himself/herself out as a duly-

registered/licensed Electronics and Communications Engineer under
Republic Act No. 5734.

7. Any of a variety of electronic devices that is capable of accepting data,

programs and/or instructions, executing the programs and/or instructions
to process the data and presenting the results.
A. Computer
B. ICT
C. ATM
D. Laptop
8. The acquisition, production, transformation, storage and

transmission/reception of data and information by electronic means in
forms such as vocal, pictorial, textual, numeric or the like; also refers to
the theoretical and practical applications and processes utilizing such
data and information.
A. Information and Communications Technology

B. Communications
C. Telecommunications
D. Information Technology
416
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
9. The process of sending and/or receiving information, data, signals and/or

messages between two (2) or more points by radio, cable, optical wave
guides or other devices and wired or wireless medium

B. Communications
10. Any transmission, emission or reception of voice, data, electronic

messages, text, written or printed matter, fixed or moving pictures or
images, words, music or visible or audible signals or sounds, or any
information, intelligence and/or control signals of any design/format and
for any purpose, by wire, radio, spectral, visual/optical/light, or other
electronic, electromagnetic and technological means.

B. Communications
11. An undertaking the object of which is to transmit audio, video, text,

images or other signals or messages for reception of a broad audience in
a geographical area via wired or wireless means.
A. Communications
B. Broadcasting
C. Transmission
D. Paging
12. Includes all manufacturing establishments and other business endeavors

where electronic or electronically-controlled machinery or equipment are
installed and/or are being used, sold, maintained, assembled,
manufactured or operated.
A. Industrial Plant
B. Commercial Establishment
C. Production Area
D. Power Plant
417
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
13. Shall include but not be limited to office buildings, hotels, motels,
hospitals, condominiums, stores, apartments, supermarkets, schools,
studios, stadia, parking areas, memorial chapels/parks, watercraft and
aircraft used for business or profit, and any other building/s or area/s for
business purposes, where electronic or electronically-controlled
machinery or equipment are installed and/or are being used, sold,
A. Industrial Plant
B. Commercial Establishment
C. Production Area
D. Power Plant
14. Shall include services requiring adequate technical expertise, experience

and professional capability in undertaking advisory and review, pre-
investment or feasibility studies, design, planning, construction,
supervision, management and related services, and other technical
studies or special studies in the field of electronics engineering.
A. Consulting Services
B. Primary Services
C. Secondary Services
D. Technical Services
15. The integrated and accredited national organization of Professional

Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers and Electronics
Technicians.
A. IECEP
B. Accredited Professional Organization
C. PIECEP
D. Organization of PECE
16. To be qualified as a Member of the Board, He/She must be a citizen and

a resident of the Philippines for at least ______consecutive years prior to
his/her appointment.
A. 7 years
B. 10 years
C. 5 years
D. 3 years
418
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
17. The members of the Board shall hold office for a term of ______ years
from date of appointment or until their successors shall have been
appointed and qualified and may be re-appointed once for another term.
A. 7 years
B. 10 years
C. 5 years
D. 3 years
18. To pass the licensure examination, a candidate for Electronics Engineer

or Electronics Technician must obtain a passing rating of in each subject
given during the examination:
A. 50 %
B. 60%
C. 70%
D. 80%
19. One shall be allowed to take one removal examination on the subject/s
where he/she failed to obtain the passing rating. Provided, however, that
a candidate who obtains a passing rating in the majority of the subjects
but obtains a rating in the other subject/s
A. below 70% but not lower than 60%

B. below 70% but not lower than 50%
C. below 60% but not lower than 50%
D. below 75% but not lower than 60%
20. Certified experience record of active self-practice and/or employment

either in government service or in the private sector, in the format to be
prescribed by the Board, indicating the inclusive dates, companies
worked for, description of specific responsibilities, relevant
accomplishments and name, position of immediate supervisors for a
period of at least _____ years (inclusive and/or aggregate), at least
_____ years of which are in responsible charge of significant engineering
work, from the date applicant took his/her oath as an Electronics and
Communications Engineer or Electronics Engineer.
A. 10 years; 3 years
B. 7 years; 2 years
C. 5 years; 2 years
D. 10 years; years
419
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
21. RA 9292 is a consolidation of House Bill No.____ and Senate Bill No.
______
A. 5224; 2683
B. 5447; 458
C. 5734; 109
D. 5533; 4552
22. RA 9292 was finally passed by the House of Representatives and the
Senate on
A. February 2, 2004
B. March 2, 2007
C. April 17, 2004
D. March 5, 2005
23. RA 9292 was approved on
A. April 17, 2004

B. April 27, 2004
C. March 17, 2005
D. March 27, 2004
24. The effectivity of RA 9292 was on
A. April 17, 2004

B. April 27, 2004
C. May 24, 2004
D. May 28, 2004
25. To qualify in the registration to be PECE, one must provide _____

certification/s signed by
_____ PECEs attesting that the experience record submitted by the
applicant is factual.
A. 1; 3
B. 1; 2
C. 3; 3
D. 2; 2
420
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
26. Under the exception proviso stipulated in this particular Section 18,
Article III of R.A. No. 9292 those who have been registered and licensed
as Electronics and Communications Engineers under Republic Act No.
5734 for at least _____ years upon the effectivity of R.A. No. 9292 are
qualified to register as PECE.
A. 5
B. 10
C. 3
D. 7
27. Registration with and without Examination for Electronics Technicians

(ECT) will start within ______ years from the effectivity of R.A. No. 9292.
A. 5
B. 3
C. 10
D. 7
28. To register for Electronics Technicians (ECT), he/ she must have
rendered at least _____ years (inclusive or aggregate) of active self-
practice and/or employment either in the Government or private sector.
A. 5
B. 3
C. 10
D. 7
29. To register for Electronics Technicians (ECT), one must provide

individual certifications from at least ______ registered PECEs vouching
for the integrity, technical capability and good moral character of the
applicant in a format to be prescribed by the Board.
A. 5
B. 3
C. 10
D. 7
421
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
30. The Board may, _____ years after the revocation of a Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card, upon application of the
party concerned and for reasons deemed proper and sufficient, reinstate
the validity of a revoked Certificate of Registration and Professional
Identification Card, subject to compliance with the applicable
requirements of the Commission and the Board.
A. 1
B. 3
C. 2
D. 4
31. Exemptions from examination and registration can be possibly given to
A. A Filipino PECEs, ECEs or ECTs with at least 20 years of experience

in the Philippines
B. A Filipino PECEs, ECEs or ECTs with at least 25 years of experience
abroad
C. A foreign national that are PECEs, ECEs or ECTs and equivalent who
are temporarily employed by the Philippine Government or by private
firms in the Philippines
D. A foreign national with at least 20 years of experience in ECE field
here in the Philippines
32. The official seal/logo of the Board which is circular in shape, consisting
two concentric circles, with the outside circle measuring _____ in
diameter.
A. 28 mm
B. 45 mm
C. 48 mm
D. 32 mm
33. The official seal/logo of the Board which is circular in shape, consisting
two concentric circles, with the inner circle measuring ______ in
diameter.
A. 28 mm
B. 45 mm
C. 48 mm
D. 32 mm
422
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
34. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the upper part of the annular space
bear the words
A. BOARD OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

B. PROFESSIONAL REGULATION COMMISSION
C. NAME OF THE MEMBER
D. LICENSE NO.
35. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the lower half part of the annular
space bear the words

D. LICENSE NO.
36. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the inner circle space has the
symbol of a/an
A. atom
B. electron
C. radar transceiver
D. computer
37. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the atom symbol contains
A. 1 electron
B. 2 electrons
C. 3 electrons
D. 4 electrons
38. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the atom symbol contains
A. 1 nucleus
B. 2 nucleuses
C. 3 nuclei
D. 4 nucleuses
39. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the outer and inner ring is filled with
A. grey with boundaries in black color
B. orange with boundaries in navy blue color
C. white with boundaries in black color
D. yellow with boundaries in black color
423
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
40. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the text is
A. black with white background

B. white with black background
C. black with grey background
D. white with grey background
41. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the inner ring is filled with
A. orange background
B. navy blue background
C. black background
D. white background
42. In the official seal/logo of the Board, the atom is colored with ___ and the
nucleus and electrons in ___ color.
A. black; red
B. white; orange
C. white; red
D. black; orange
43. The Seal of Professional Electronics Engineer as provided by Section

29, Article IV of R.A. No. 9292 shall be, a dry circular seal consisting
of two concentric circles with the outer circle measuring _____ in
diameter.
A. 28 mm
B. 45 mm
C. 48mm
D. 32 mm

29, Article IV of R.A. No. 9292 shall be, a dry circular seal consisting
of two concentric circles with the inner circle measuring _____ in
diameter.
A. 28 mm
B. 45 mm
C. 48 mm
D. 2 mm
424
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

29, Article IV of R.A. No. 9292 shall be, a dry circular seal containing
the appearance of _____ in the upper part of the inner circle
A. atom
B. electron
C. radar transceiver
D. computer

29, Article IV of R.A. No. 9292 shall be, a dry circular seal with a
horizontal space bearing the word

D. LICENSE NO.
47. In the Seal of Professional Electronics Engineer, below the words

LICENSE NO. is the
A. license number
B. the word “PHILIPPINES”
C. name of the person holding the Professional Electronics Engineer
license
D. the words “PROFESSIONAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEER“
48. In the Seal of Professional Electronics Engineer, the portion of the inner
circle below the diametral space shall bear
A. the license number

license
425
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
49. In the Seal of Professional Electronics Engineer, the upper portion of the
annular space bear

license
50. In the Seal of Professional Electronics Engineer, the lower portion of the
annular space bear

license
426
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
KAPISANAN NG MGA BRODKASTER NG PILIPINAS
1999 Revised Edition

of the RADIO CODE
FOREWORD
This radio code is a testimonial to the self-regulation of the broadcast

industry.
Conceived, developed and promulgated by KBP, the code expresses the

highest ideals of the broadcaster, ideals which call to subsume self to
common weal.
The code is carefully evaluated every year to assure its growth with the
industry. It assures as well the freedom to create, express and conduct
business and to operate under a policy of individual liberty consistent with
social responsibility.
However, such ground swell of freedom might bring forth certain abuses and
exuberances. This is the reason why there is a need for self-regulation.
Freedom with responsibility - that is the true broadcaster’s creed. And his
search for what is good, proper and in accord with the highest standards of
broadcast professionalism is fully expressed in this code.
PREAMBLE
WE BELIEVE
THAT broadcasting in the Philippines encapsulizes and reflects the hopes

and dreams of a freedom-loving people;
THAT broadcasting is a dynamic factor in our country’s cultural, social and

economic growth and development;
THAT broadcasting possesses a uniquely immediate and lasting impact on

the public, which demands a high sense of responsibility and discerning
judgment of morality, fairness and honesty at all times;
427
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
THAT broadcasting has an obligation to uphold the properties and customs of

civilized society; to maintain the respect of the rights and sensitiveness of all
people; to preserve the honor and the sanctity of the family and home; to
protect the sacredness of individual dignity; and to promote national unity.
PROGRAM STANDARDS
A. NEWS
Radio is a medium of the widest reach and thus has the capability of
influencing the most number of audiences. This competitive advantage,
however, shall be handled with caution especially in news reportage and
discussion of public issues.
Although at best news shall be investigative and probing, it shall be
accurate in its facts, seeing to it that it does not violate the constitutional
rights of anyone.
Rather it shall be fair and shall strive to present both sides of an issue, and
ready to rectify an error immediately.
This news code encourages the highest standards of professionalism in the

reporting of news and coverages of current affairs and public issues. In sum,
the regulations point up responsibility press freedom entails.
1. Length and Schedule of Newscast for Radio
For the purpose of monitoring compliance with the news frequency and time
provisions, stations are hereby directed to submit to the KBP Standards
Authority their newscast schedule and the news corresponding length, every
January and everytime there are changes and/or revisions to their time
schedule.
Each station is required to schedule a minimum of 45 minutes of news per

day (from 5:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) on a Monday-thru-Saturday basis with a
minimum length of one (1) minute, five (5) minutes, ten (10) minutes and/or
fifteen (15) minutes.
All stations are required to schedule newscasts distinctly as such. For the
purpose of this section, a newscast is a distinct unit of a program with
minimum news content of one (1) minute excluding intro, extro, headline and
commercial load.
428
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
On-the-spot field reports are components of newscasts. Therefore, these are
credited as newscast in the computation of time requirement for news
programs.
2. News Sources
Consistent professional care shall be exercised in the selection of news

sources since the integrity of the news and the subsequent reputation of radio
as dominant, well-balanced news medium depend largely on the reliability of
these sources.
Voice clips of persons involved in the news shall be properly identified.

Correct and accurate attributions of news sources at all times is, therefore,
encouraged and considered in keeping with the highest standards of
broadcast journalism.
b.1.News sources may either be primary or secondary. A primary source is a

person from whom a piece of news originates. A secondary source is
normally a recorded material (print or audio) from which a piece of news is
extracted or attributed to, or may be a person who acts as a conduit.
b.2.In the effort to develop news sources, utmost care and diligence shall be
exercised so that no law is violated. It is an accepted journalistic practice
in a free society to make contact, interview and broadcast news, even if
the source is a suspected or confirmed fugitive from the law. However,
traveling with the fugitive to the location where a crime is committed,
merely to report on said crime is considered a serious violation of
The use by other stations of program titles, stingers, newsbeds and other
sound effects originally composed and/or identified with a radio is unethical.
These would include even those which are not composed and made for a
particular station but which have been used for a long time and identified with
the station. However, the right to use such stingers, sound effects, newsbeds,
and the like, shall be waived to whoever could show proof of rightful
ownership.
Press releases from questionable sources shall be authenticated before

airing.
All stations shall, upon discovery of a mistake, rectify or issue corrective

statements at the earliest available opportunity.
429
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3. News Reporting
News reporting shall be factual, fair and objective.
Morbid, sensationalized or alarming details shall be avoided.
News shall not create panic and alarm.
Extreme care shall be exercised in the selection of editors and reporters who
direct news gathering and information dissemination, since the station’s
performance and credibility depend largely on them.
Station management shall exercise extreme caution and prudence in
deciding whether or not to air exclusive interviews with persons who openly
or publicly advocate the overthrow of government by force or violence.
(However, such interviews shall conform with the provision of Article III,
Section 4 and Article XII, Section 17 of the New Constitution of the Phils
which state that:
Article III - DECLARATION OF RIGHTS

Section 4. No law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech, of
expression, or of the press, or the right of the people peaceably to assemble;
and petition the government for redress of grievance.
Article III - National Economy and Patrimony

Section 17. In times of national emergency, when the public interest so
requires, the state may, for the duration of such emergency and under
reasonable terms prescribed by it, temporarily take over or direct the
operation of any privately owned public utility or business affected with the
public interest.
A newscaster shall have a mastery of the language/dialect vehicle of the

news. This mastery shall be in the spoken form of the language although
mastery in the written aspect of it shall be considered as an advantage.
4. Commentaries and Analysis
Contents of commentary and analysis programs shall be limited to valid

issues affecting public interest and concern. Personal attacks, insults and
harassments are prohibited.
Programs which feature both news and commentaries shall have identifiable
announcements or stingers to differentiate one from another.
430
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Speakers, writers and other sources shall be clearly identified.

Language shall be polite and not vulgar, obscene and inflammatory.
Comments and analyses shall be presented decently to the best interest of

the listening public.
Personal attacks against fellow broadcasters and other stations are

considered unethical and subject to sanctions. Management shall jointly and
severally be liable with the speaker for any or all utterances on-the-air, using
the facilities of the station.
Programs and commentaries which deal with sensitive controversial issues

shall be fair, factual and impartial.
Commentaries and related programs shall not erode the people’s confidence
in duly constituted authority.
Station management shall see to it that those who handle commentaries and
analyses for the station have the expertise, proficiency and qualifications for
the job and a written authority to perform such commentary or analysis
Editorial content and policy concerning news and public affairs program shall
be the inherent prerogative and non-transferable concern of the station and
shall be delivered only by the station manager or a duly authorized person by
management in writing binding the station.
The station’s editorials are the official stand of the station on public issues.
5. Editorials
Editorials shall be clearly identified as such and shall reflect the view / stand
of management.
Station management shall therefore ensure that the person who prepares
editorials has the necessary authority, proficiency, expertise and
qualifications.
6. Coverage of News and Public Events
The coverage of news and public events shall conform with accepted
standards of ethical journalism.
They shall be accurate, informative and adequate.
431
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
All news interview programs shall be governed by accepted standards of

ethical journalism, under which the interviewer selects the questions to be
asked. Where there is an advanced agreement materially restricting an
important or newsworthy aspect of questioning, the interviewer will have to
state on the program that such limitations have been agreed upon. A
disclosure shall therefore be made if the person being interviewed has
required that questions be submitted in advance or participates in editing a
recording of the interviews prior to the airing.
News interviews are topical interviews conducted to elicit comments or

viewpoints on specific items of current interest. The comments or viewpoints
of this kind of interview shall be in context with the audio clip of a broadcast
news item.
Rallies and demonstrations are legitimate news events and may be covered
at the discretion of the station. However, care shall be exercised that the
coverage itself does not incite the listening public to be unduly alarmed.
7. Placement of Advertising
Management shall exercise particular discretion in the acceptance,

placement and presentation of advertising in news programs so that such
coverage is clearly distinguished from the news content.
The live on-the-spot and continuing coverage of faith healing or any activity
that purports to heal the sick thru means and methods that are likely to create
panic and/or emotional/mental disturbances like exorcism, immolation and
the like shall not be allowed. These shall only be carried as news item/s in a
regular newscast.
The following penalties shall be imposed for violation of the above rules:
For the first offense, a fine of P 1,000 and/or written reprimand to individual
employee/block timer/announcer, and censure for the station;
For the second offense, a fine of P 3,000 and/or three (3) months suspension
of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and three (3) months
suspension of privileges for the station;
For the third offense, a fine of P 5,000 and/or six (6) months suspension of
individual employee/block timer/announcer, and six (6) months suspension of
privileges for the station; and
432
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
For the fourth offense, cancellation or revocation of accreditation of individual

employee or block timer/announcer, and recommendation for expulsion from
KBP membership and, recommendation to the National Telecommunications
Commission (NTC) for the cancellation of permit to operate the station.
PROGRAM STANDARDS
B. PUBLIC AFFAIRS, PUBLIC ISSUES AND COMMENTARIES
Radio provides a valuable and critical form for the expression of responsible
views on public issues of controversial nature. Opposing or contrasting sides
of issues which materially affect the life or welfare of a substantial segment of
the public shall be provided in the spirit of fair representation.
Discussions on public issues shall be presented in a manner which would not

create the impression that the program is other than the one dealing with
public issues.
Public affairs programs shall strive to contribute to national development and

shall aim at articulating as broad a spectrum of opinions as possible.
Public affairs programs shall present public issues free from personal bias,
prejudice, and inaccurate and misleading information. The language used
shall not be vulgar, obscene or inflammatory which can cause unnecessary
apprehension or incite rebellion. Furthermore, the station shall strive to
present balanced discussions of issues. Matters affecting national security
shall be handled with utmost care.
A station shall not broadcast programs and commentaries primarily designed

to malign or unfairly criticize or attack a person or group of persons on purely
personal issues which have no bearing on the public welfare and concern.
Name calling and personal insults shall not be allowed. Handling and
presentation of controversial issues shall not erode public confidence in the
duly constituted authority.
It shall be the responsibility of the station to protect public interest, general

welfare and good order in the presentation of public affairs and public issues.
employee/ block timer/announcer, and censure for the station;
433
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

PROGRAM STANDARDS
C. COMMUNITY RESPONSIBILITY
Broadcasters shall acquaint themselves with the culture, mores, traditions,

needs, and other characteristics of the locality and its people to best serve
the community.
Requests for time placements of public service announcements or programs

shall be carefully reviewed. The requesting party shall be a legitimate and
properly identified group. The public interest content of the message shall be
acceptable to the station.
Public Service Announcements (PSA’s) are announcements requested by

private individuals or groups either through the KBP or directly with the
broadcast station. These announcements are characterized by a very
personalized content or announcement of the activities of the requesting
party/parties. These are to be aired only upon the discretion of the station and
are not included as part of the mandatory hourly devcom allocation.
PROGRAM STANDARDS
D. POLITICAL BROADCASTS
Political broadcasts, such as straight commentaries, analyses, reportage or in

drama form, designed to influence voters, shall be properly identified before
and after the program as a paid broadcast.
All political broadcasts shall comply with the pertinent provisions of the
Election Code and all other regulations and shall be subject to the rules
434
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
promulgated by the Commission on Election and other competent authority.
Political broadcasts shall not be presented in a manner which would mislead
the public.
The unique and free character of political broadcasts makes it imperative for
all candidates and/or their duly authorized representatives to observe
broadcast ethics.

PROGRAM STANDARDS
E. SUPPORT TO DEVELOPMENT AND NATIONALISM
All stations shall contribute to national development and shall promote the
educational, cultural, social and economic upliftment of the people.
All stations shall provide for the expression of the Filipino identity, encourage
patriotism, preserve patriotism, preserve traditions and the development of
the arts, sciences and culture.
Programs shall continually strive to use Filipino creative resources and

talents.
Radio programs shall augment and supplement the educational and cultural
influences of the home, school, religious institutions and government.
A radio station shall broadcast devcom messages and/or public service
announcements under existing valid agreements.
435
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
There are three types of devcom messages and public service

announcements that may take the form of the following:
Government information messages;
KBP initiated campaigns; and
Station produced public service announcements (PSA’s).
PROGRAM STANDARDS
F. PERSONAL CALLS AND APPEALS
Personal appeals or “panawagan” shall be carefully pre-screened by

competent station personnel to determine the legitimacy of such calls.
Persons making the on-air calls shall be briefed by the announcer-on-board
or any competent station representative on the proper broadcast decorum
before they are allowed to go on-the air.
The following penalties shall be imposed for violation of the above rule:

PROGRAM STANDARDS
G. PUBLIC COMPLAINTS
436
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Complaints by individuals or legitimate groups may be allowed only on issues
which affect the public welfare. No complaints on personal or private issues
shall be allowed.
Before any complaint on a public issue is aired by the station, it shall first
verify the legitimacy of the individual or organization.
A station which allows a public complaint on a controversial public issue to be

aired shall be required to observe and provide the equal opportunity rule.

PROGRAM STANDARDS
H. SEX AND VIOLENCE
Crime shall always be condemned. The details of the planning and the actual
commission of a crime shall be minimized and/or eliminated so that there
shall be no expressed or implied inducement and/or details on how to commit
the crime.
Violence and horror shall be minimized. Unnecessary morbid and gory details
shall not be allowed.
Speech or action likely to incite any person to violence or anti-social behavior
437
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
The use of words and phrases which have undesirable and/or offensive
implications shall not be allowed. The use of undesirable, offensive, obscene,
blasphemous, profane or vulgar words and phrases shall not be allowed.
Pre-marital and extra-marital sex shall never be condoned or justified. Sexual

acts or sex perversion of any kind shall never be presented.
The diminution of respect for the law and/or its enforcement is unacceptable
as program materials.
Nothing in these rules shall be construed to curtail the freedom of speech and
expression.
For the second offense, a fine of P 5,000 and/or twelve (12) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and twelve (12)
months suspension of privileges for the station;
For the third offense, a fine of P 10,000 and/or twenty-four (24) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and twenty-four
(24) months suspension of privileges for the station; and

the KBP membership and, recommendation to the National
Telecommunications Commission (NTC) for the cancellation of permit to
operate the station.
PROGRAM STANDARDS
I. DRAMA PROGRAMMING
A drama program shall strive to be innovative and shall reflect a high degree
of creativity.
Drama programs shall accentuate positive moral and social values. In
addition, without sacrificing integrity of presentation, a drama program shall
avoid:
The presentation in detail of how a crime is committed;
438
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Sound and special effects which tend to alarm or offend the sensibilities of
the listeners;
Scenes which tend to demean, degrade, or ridicule law enforcers and the
duly constituted authority.
A drama shall not ridicule or denigrate culture, values, beliefs, religions,

custom and traditions of the Filipino race.
Broadcasters shall be knowledgeable and aware of the various interests,

aspirations and idiosyncrasies of all segments of the community.
Drama programs shall present a realistic portrayal of life. The glorious and
tragic aspects of life shall be realistic.
The treatment and presentation of program subjects and themes shall be

made in good faith and shall avoid sensationalism.
7. The following penalties shall be imposed for violation of the above rules:

439
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARDS
J. CHILDREN’S PROGRAMS
Responsibility Toward Children
In their totality, children’s programs shall contribute to the sound, balanced

development and growth of children thereby helping them achieve a sense of
awareness of the world around them.
The following program and advertising guidelines shall be observed in the

production and presentation of children’s programs. Programs for children
shall conform to the following standards or provisions:
Since children’s programs are highly specialized, stations are enjoined to

coordinate with agencies, government or private, which are knowledgeable in
the welfare of children or have the expertise of producing the same.
Programs which may not be suitable for children shall be aired after 9:00 p.m.
Programming shall embody positive values and the realities of life and times
to help children grow as responsible adults.
Programming shall afford wholesome entertainment opportunities and cultural

growth.
The production of programs shall not create undesirable emotional reactions

among children.
Programming shall not encourage children to purchase a product specially for

the purpose of keeping the program on-the-air.
The depiction of conflict and of materials reflective of sexual considerations,

when presented in programs designed primarily for children shall be handled
with sensitivity. As much as possible it shall convey a reasonable existing
range of the realities of life.
The treatment of criminal activities shall always convey their negative effects.
Children’s programs shall portray respect for authority, law and order, good
morals and clean, healthful living. Emphasis shall also be given to the
development in children of good manners, a sense of duty, responsibility and
correct concept of courage, positive family attitude and values.
440
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Children shall be encouraged in the art of correct and acceptable speech and
pronunciation. Speech and expressions detrimental to speech and language,
growth, slang and incorrect pronunciation shall be discouraged except when
necessary for characterization.
Programming shall endeavor to complement the formal education of children.
Exploitation of children shall not be allowed. Advertisement of a product or

service which might result in physical, mental, or moral harm to children shall
not be allowed.
Liquor or cigarette advertisement shall not be allowed.
Children’s programs shall not allow perverted sex and undue violence.

PROGRAM STANDARDS
K. QUIZ SHOWS
Contests, Public-participation Programs and Promotions
Contests and promotions shall be conducted with fairness to all participants

and shall comply with all pertinent laws and regulations. Contests and
promotions shall not exploit the audience or participants.
441
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Idle details of contests, including rules, eligibility requirements, opening and

ending dates shall be completely, clearly and repeatedly announced. The
winners shall be announced and prizes awarded immediately after the end of
the contest.

PROGRAM STANDARDS
L. MUSIC
All stations shall actively promote the growth and development of Filipino
music. Radio stations are encouraged to schedule OPM’s in accordance with
existing provision of law and the KBP rules and regulations (4 OPM’s every
clockhour).
Equal opportunity for airplay shall be provided to all recording companies. In
no instance shall the station surrender, transfer, or waive its responsibility for
programming.
The basic policy of music programming is a direct responsibility of a radio

station and such responsibility shall be free from any form of intrusion,
interference, or influence form outside forces or parties.
A broadcast practitioner shall not receive money, gods, services and/or any
form of consideration for the airing of records.
442
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
A broadcast top hits tabulation may only be allowed if such tabulation is
reflective of the true ranking of the music and duly supported by sales,
number of request and actual airplay.
A program produced and sponsored by a recording company may be

accepted by a station under the following conditions:
That is duly sponsored and presented by a properly identified recording

company;
That credit mention and identification shall be made at least three (3) times
during a thirty (30) minute program;
A station may charge the producing and sponsoring company a discounted

rate not lower than 25% of its purchased rate card. The station may make up
for the discount extended by accepting commercials corresponding to the
discount granted.
Example: If the official rate card is P 100.00 and the station charges the
producing and sponsoring recording company only P25.00, the station may
load the program with commercials amounting to P75.00 based on its official
rate card.
Such an arrangement shall be by mutual agreement between the station and

the recording company.
The agreed cost between the station and the recording company may be paid
in cash or goods like LP records, cassettes, etc. Promotional 45 rpm records
and cassettes shall not be considered as a form of payment as provided by
the immediately preceding provisions.
The mention of the label or brand of the record played or the title of the LP
album from which the selection is taken shall not be allowed.
Records played within a clock hour shall not be repeated within the same
clock hour nor played again in the succeeding hour.
All stations shall not play records with contents that run counter to Filipino
values.
The following penalties shall be imposed on violation of the above rules:
443
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
For the second offense, a fine of P 4,000 and/or six (6) months suspension of
privileges for the station;
For the third offense, a fine of P 8,000 and/or twelve (12) months suspension
of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and twelve (12) months
suspension of privileges for the station; and

the KBP membership and, recommendation to the National
PROGRAM STANDARDS
M. FUND RAISING
Station shall not allow its facilities to be used for fund raising activities unless
it has fully verified the legitimacy and worthiness of the project and only
where the beneficiaries are government sponsored projects, worthwhile
charitable causes, or victims of calamities and natural disasters.

444
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARDS
N. RELIGIOUS PROGRAMMING
Broadcast stations shall make available to the community appropriate

opportunity for airing religious programs. Religious programming shall be
presented by responsible, knowledgeable and qualified individuals, groups or
organizations, in a manner that shall provide the audience with an affirmative
view of the role of religion in society.
Programs which contain religious materials shall not in any manner ridicule,
cast aspersions on and degrade other existing religious denominations, sects
and groups.

PROGRAM STANDARDS
O. MEDICAL AND LEGAL ADVICE
Advice of a medical or legal nature shall not be made except by a duly

qualified and authorized professional. Under no circumstances shall an
unauthorized and incompetent person be allowed to diagnose illness or
prescribe treatment for an ailing person.
445
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

PROGRAM STANDARDS
P. GENERAL PROGRAM STANDARDS
Crime, vice, violence, illicit sexual relations or any form of perversion shall
never be presented as good or attractive, nor as inevitable in the sense of
being beyond correction, reform or retribution.
Programs which feature the abuse of liquor and the use of dangerous drugs
shall always present them as socially undesirable and unacceptable.
Gambling shall not be presented as a social asset, nor as a good habit, nor
shall the public be encouraged to engage in it.
The presentation of superstition or pseudo-scientific beliefs associated with

foretelling the future is not desirable, except as required for the development
of a story, where it shall be treated with discretion.
Materials and programs that deal in superstitions, supernatural powers,

fortune telling, character reading, witchcraft, occultism, mass-hypnotism, faith
healing and other related matters shall not foster belief in said activities as
true and correct and in order not to take undue advantage and unfairly exploit
the gullible, the innocent, the illiterate, the hopeless and the ignorant.
Cruelty, greed, selfishness, unfair exploitation of others and similar unworthy

traits shall not be presented in a favorable light.
446
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Programs that underscore any form of injustice or wrongdoing shall be meted
with the corresponding punishment for the guilty just as meritorious deeds
shall be rewarded.
Programs shall not be presented in a manner that would degrade the ideals
of family unity and the traditional values of Filipino family life such as mutual
respect, trust, assistance and affection.
Programs shall not exploit mental and physical defects so as to humiliate

those who suffer from such defects nor should the ridicule of such defects be
presented as good and acceptable.
Programs shall not use dialogues and physical, actions and other similar
manifestations which are obscene, blasphemous, profane vulgar.
Programs shall not present medical, legal or other professional materials

without identifying the sources of authority and such materials shall conform
to law and recognized professional standards.
The use of objectionable words and phrases, or words which have acquired
undesirable or offensive implications, shall be avoided.
All audience participation like game shows, contests and other audience
participation shall observe decency and proper decorum especially among
the outside participant.

447
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
ADVERTISING STANDARDS
A. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BROADCASTERS
1. Advertising is the principal source of revenue of the free, competitive

system of commercial broadcasting. It makes possible the presentation to
all people of the finest programs of entertainment, education, news and
information. It shall be the primary purpose of the broadcasters to
establish and maintain high standards of performance, not only in the
selection and production of all programs, but also in the presentation of
advertisements.
2. The primary aim of advertising shall be to provide the public with honest,
truthful and accurate information on products and services. A station shall
require integrity, honesty and credibility not only of the advertising
message but also advertisers may be required to show documentation to
prove the validity and truthfulness of claims, demonstrations and
testimonials contained in the commercial messages.
3. The broadcasters shall exercise caution in the form and content of

commercials placed in or near programs designed for children.
Exploitation of children is not allowed. No advertisement of a product or
service harmful to children shall be advertised in programs intended or
attractive to children.
4. The placement airing of commercials shall not duly disrupt the quality,
innovativeness, presentation and continuity of the program. Inappropriate
placement of commercial shall not be allowed.
448
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
B. GENERAL
1. In determining whether or not an advertisement shall be accepted, the

station shall be guided by the provisions of the programs and advertising
standards, existing trade agreement and the laws of the land.
2. All advertisements shall be identifiable.
3. All advertisements shall be presented in good taste. Disturbing and

annoying materials shall be avoided.
The computation of the authorized maximum commercial load shall be the

cumulative time of commercial within a clock hour.
5. In accordance with good broadcasting practice, a "cow-catcher" (the

commercial preceding the opening of the program) and a "hitch-hiker" or
trailer (a commercial following the close of the program) are prohibited.
In fully sponsored programs, any number of products may be advertised by

the sponsor within the specified time standards, advertising copy for these
products shall be presented within the framework of the program structure.
For the first offense, a fine of P2,000 and/or written reprimand to individual
For the second offense, a fine of P4,000 and/or six (6) months suspension of
For the third offense, a fine of P8,000 and/or twelve (12) months suspension

449
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

C. TIME STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL
1. Presentation of Advertising
a. The ever-changing techniques of the broadcast art shows that the quality
of advertisement copy and its proper integration into the program are just
as important as measurement in time. The measure of the station's
service to its audience is determined by its over-all performance, rather
than by a particular program or program block.
b. Multiple Advertising
Programs with multiple sponsorship by non-traditional advertisers like

commercial services, features, shopping guides, marketing news, and similar
information, may include more materials normally classified as a
"commercial" or "advertising", if they are of the nature as to serve the
interests of the general public.
2. Commercial Load
a. Metro Manila
Commercial load for radio shall not exceed fifteen (15) minutes for one hour
program in Metro Manila.
A half-hour program shall have a maximum of 7 ½ commercial minutes, and
a quarter-hour program shall not exceed three (3) minutes and thirty (30)
seconds.
A five-minute program shall have a maximum load of one (1) minute and
fifteen (15) seconds.
b. Outside Metro Manila
Commercial load for radio shall not exceed seventeen (17) minutes for a one-
hour program outside Metro Manila.
A half-hour program shall have a maximum of 8 ½ commercial minutes, and

a quarter-hour program shall not exceed four (4) minutes.
450
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
A five-minute program shall have a maximum load of one (1) minute and
thirty (30) seconds.
3. Program Interruption
a. Metro Manila
a.1 Program interruption for the airing of commercial in Metro Manila shall not
exceed six (6) breaks in every program hour. The hourly station ID is
included in the six (6) breaks per hour.
a.2 Number of Commercials per break

A maximum of 2 ½ to 3 minutes per break will be allowed, as long as an
aggregate of fifteen (15) commercial minutes is observed.
A uniform of fifteen 2 ½ commercial minutes may be aired in the six (6)

commercial breaks within the clockhour to observe the maximum aggregate
total of fifteen (15) commercial minutes per hour load.
A five (5) minute program or feature within the clockhour would automatically
add one (1) commercial interruption with a total commercial load of one (1)
minute and fifteen (15) seconds which will be aired within the 5-minute
program.
b. Outside Metro Manila
b.1 Program interruption for the airing of commercial outside Metro Manila
shall not exceed six (6) breaks in every program hour. The hourly station
ID is included in the six (6) breaks per hour.
b.2 Number of Commercials per break
A maximum of 2.5 to 3 minutes per commercial break will be allowed, as long

as an aggregate total of seventeen (17) minutes per hour is observed.
A uniform of 3 commercial minutes per break may be aired during the 10th,
30th, 40th and 60th minute mark; and 2 ½ commercial minutes during the
20th and 50th minute mark, to observe the maximum aggregate total of
seventeen (17) commercial minutes per hour load.
A five (5) minute program or feature aired within the clock hour would
automatically add one (1) commercial interruption with a total commercial
load of one 1 minute and 15 second, which will be aired within the 5-minute
program.
451
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
4. Special News and Special Events Coverages and Sports
Coverages of news, special events, public affairs programs and sports shall
exempt from program interruption standards. However, the aggregate
number of commercial minutes per clock hour shall be observed, except in
international sports events where the commercial load may be increased
upon the approval of the Board of Directors but in no case to exceed twenty
(20) commercial minutes per hour. It is the responsibility of the station to
observe the implementation of the maximum commercial load which shall be
reflected in the broadcast contract.
5. Casual Advertising
Casual advertising refers to product mentions, ad libs, prizes and the like and
shall be reflected in the contract. Casual advertising whether related to the
program or not shall be included in the computation of the maximum
commercial load allowed per clockhour.
6. Time Separation
In the scheduling of directly competing products, services or firms, proper

time separation shall be observed. Commercial placements of competing
products, services or firms shall not be placed within the same cluster.
7. Penalties
The following schedule of penalties shall be imposed on any station found to

be violating the above rules:
a. For airing commercial materials in excess of the limitation - a confiscatory

fine of the equivalent amount of the commercial in excess plus 20% of the
aggregate total amount of the overload.
b. For exceeding the number of interruptions allowed in a program - a

confiscatory fine of the equivalent amount of commercials in the extra
breaks.
c. For exceeding the number of commercials per break - cost of the excess
commercials per break.
d. For airing competing products, services or firms in the same commercial
cluster - cost of commercials in the cluster.
452
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
D. GAMBLING AND LOTTERIES
1. Advertisements related to betting and gambling shall not be allowed

except for the regular government sweepstakes draw and lotto.
2. Advertisements of government-controlled and operated institutions, which

legally conduct gambling activities, may be allowed provided that they are
in the form of institutional or corporate advertising only. Such
advertisements shall not allow the mention of the word "gambling" or any
form of gambling activity.
3. Advertisements related to the regular government sweepstakes draw and

lotto shall be subject to the following conditions:
a. Such advertisements shall not be scheduled / aired in children's programs

or programs adjacent to them;
b. The advertisements shall be in the nature of institutional advertising only.

Institutional advertisements, as used in this provision, shall be defined as
advertising whose purpose is to promote the organization which conducts
the betting and gambling activities, and not the activities themselves.
Such advertisements shall not contain any material which directly or
indirectly encourages or exhorts the public to gamble or bet. Such words
as "tumaya na kayo sa lotto", "bumili na kayo ng ticket", or "yayaman ka
sa lotto" or the like shall not be used.
4. The following penalties shall be imposed for violations of the above rules:
a. For the first offense, a fine of 50% of the gross amount of the contract for
the advertisement on the station plus three (3) months suspension of
collection privileges shall be imposed upon the erring KBP member;
b. For the second offense, a fine of 50% of the gross amount of the contract
for advertisement on the station contract plus six (6) months suspension
of collection privileges shall be imposed upon the erring KBP member;
c. For the third offense, a fine of 100% of the gross amount of the contract
for advertisement plus one (1) year suspension of collection and other
privileges shall be imposed upon the erring KBP member;
d. For the fourth offense, recommendation for expulsion from KBP

membership and recommendation to the National Telecommunications
453
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Commission (NTC) for the cancellation of the permit to operate the

station.
(Approved as Resolution No. 98-01: Amending the Provisions of the KBP

Radio and Television Codes on Gambling approved by the General
Membership in plenary session during the KBP General Membership at the
New World Hotel last July 15, 1998.)
E. GUARANTEES, OFFERS AND PROMOTIONS
1. Advertising shall clearly and reasonably disclose the nature, value, extent
and duration of a guarantee, warranty, offers and promotions.
2. Advertisers shall make good their promises without equivocation, any

guarantee or warranty offered.

454
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
F. LIQUOR AND ALCOHOLIC DRINKS
1. Children adolescents shall not be allowed to participate in the

presentation of advertisements for liquor and alcoholic drinks.
2. Liquor advertisements shall not be presented to mean normal and

essential to social success or social acceptance.
3. Alcoholic advertisements shall not feature or promote excessive drinking.

All advertisements shall carry the words "Drink moderately".
4. Liquor advertisements shall not claim or imply that drinking brings about
therapeutic, sedative, tranquilizing or stimulating effects.
5. Liquor advertisements shall not claim nor suggest that drinking enhances
sexual success or physical or mental skills.
6. No advertisements for liquor or alcoholic drinks shall appear in any

program directed wholly or mainly for children.
7. Liquor and alcoholic advertisements shall not feature comic strip heroes
and characters.
8. Advertisements shall not depict the actual act of drinking by use of sound
effects, words and other means of audio techniques.
9. All advertisements for liquor and alcoholic drinks shall conform to existing
laws, rules and regulations.
455
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

G. MEDICAL PRODUCTS
1. Advertisements of medical products or services shall conform to all laws

governing its sale and advertisement.
2. Any implication that a product or method of treatment is generally

recommended by doctors, dentists, or hospitals shall not be allowed.
3. Advertising materials which offensively describe or dramatize distress or

morbid situations involving ailments by spoken words or sound effects

456
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
H. CIGARETTES AND TOBACCO
1. Advertisements shall not show the pleasure and attraction of smoking.
2. Advertisements shall not depict the pleasure of smoking by use of words

and sound effects.
3. Advertisements shall not seek to encourage non-smokers to smoke.
4. Advertisements shall not feature comic strip heroes and characters as

models.
5. Advertisements shall not exploit the youth by showing them as models.
6. Advertisements shall not claim directly or indirectly that it is natural to

smoke or that it is abnormal not to smoke.
7. Advertisements shall not claim directly or indirectly that smoking

contributes to the attainment of social acceptance.
8. Advertising shall not claim directly or indirectly that smoking is necessary

for work and relaxation.

457
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
I. GENERAL ADVERTISING STANDARDS
1. Advertisements shall not contain messages which deride or discredit the

law enforcers and its enforcement.
2. The following advertisements shall not be allowed:
a. Advertising which uses superlatives, false claims and other misleading

expressions;
b. Advertisements, the claim of which go beyond the results or researches,

surveys or tests;
c. Advertisements which ascribe to public statements shall conform with

their original context;
d. Advertisements which contain disparaging references to competitive

products, services, other advertisers, professions, industries and
institutions;
e. Advertisements with violent scenes or messages which describe or

condone these acts;
f. Advertisements which deliberately encourage wrong pronunciation and

grammar;
g. Advertisements which make irrelevant use of national heroes or national

shrines.
3. Personal endorsements and testimonials shall be genuine.
4. Advertisements of an individual personal experience shall have his prior

consent.
5. Advertisements shall carry safety precautions for dangerous acts.
6. Advertisements with offers and promises of employment and opportunities

7. Advertising of products of intimate nature shall be presented in a

restrained and tasteful manner.
458
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
8. The advertising of fortune telling, occultism, astrology, phrenology, palm-

reading, numerology, mind-reading, character-reading or subject of similar
nature shall not be allowed.
9. The advertising of firearms, ammunitions shall promote the product as

sporting equipment. Furthermore, it shall conform to existing laws and
regulations.
10. Advertising on loans and investments shall conform to the existing

banking rules and regulations.
11. Advertisements of undertakers, morticians and the like shall be presented

in a restrained, sober and respectful manner.
12. Caution and prudence shall b exercised in the acceptance of

advertisements related to charitable activities.
13."Bait-switch" advertising for products which are not available but are
offered as a lure to purchase a substitute product shall not be allowed.
14. In sports coverages, a team or any player shall not be identified with the
product, service or organization.

459
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
The Rate Structure Of Broadcasting
A. STATION TIME
The rate structure of commercial broadcasting is based on the value of

station time which is determined by listenership attention.
B. VALUE OF STATION TIME
The rate structure of a station is determined by its popularity or rating. As a

general guide, the total operating expenses of the station divided by its
operating hours may yield the cost per hour figure which is the value of
station time.
There are different variables that may serve as criteria in determining a

listening rate overtime: coverage area, listenership, purchasing power of the
market area, audience loyalty, signal strength and quality. However, a station
may use other factors in the determination of its airtime rate as long as these
are acceptable to the industry.
C. RATE CARD
The airtime reflects the value of the station time plus a reasonable margin.
1. Every commercial radio station is required to maintain a Station's Official

Rate Card. This shall reflect:
a) the station airtime classification;
b) the standard rates for commercials and airtime costs; and
c) the effectivity of the rates.
2. A certified true copy of the Station's Official Rate Card shall be furnished
the KBP Standards Authority at least thirty (30) days prior to its effectivity.
Advertising agencies and clients shall likewise be furnished a copy thirty
(30) days prior to its effectivity. However, this may be waived in exigency
cases such as devaluation, oil price increases, etc.
The Station's Official Rate Card shall be the basis for the KBP-SA's
enforcement of the pertinent rules under this section. KBP-SA's approval,
however, is not necessary for the rate increases.
460
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3. The station's airtime rates filed with the KBP-SA shall apply to basic
airtime only. The radio station/network shall furnish the advertising
agencies and clients copies of this airtime rate increase.
Additional cost for production, facilities, talent fees, and other miscellaneous
fees may be charged in addition to the basic airtime rate.
4. A station shall not charge lower than the rates filed with the KBP-SA,
except as provided for in the immediately preceding provision. This rule is
subject to Section D on Local Accounts.
A station desiring to reduce its airtime rates shall apply to the KBP-SA.
5. Any member station may secure from the KBP-SA copies of the rate
cards of other member stations.
6. The official computation of airtime rates for national advertising shall be

as follows:
Length of commercial (In seconds) Percentage (%)
60 double the rate of a 30 seconder

30 100%
15 60%
10 40%
5 30%
A time tag shall be considered and computed as a 15-seconder commercial.

The 10-and-15 seconders shall be used only as a basis for the computation
of the excess of the contracted time.
7. When the frequency of broadcast is more than the contracted frequency,

there is a violation and circumvention of provisions on one-time rate
charge rule.
8. A station shall maintain only one operations log which shall indicate the
following: programs, commercial announcements, public service
announcements, time check and the like.
9. Management shall not be compelled to show confidential data and

information contained in the operations log such as sales contract,
competitive commercial placements, program schedule and management
strategies which are embodied in the log.
461
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
10. Airtime Cost Computation for Sponsorship Programs
The computation for sponsored programs shall be the rate of a 60-seconder

multiplied by the maximum load.
IN METRO MANILA
One Hour Program 60 second rate X 13 min

Half Hour Program 60 second rate X 6 ½ min
Quarter Hour Program 60 second rate X 3 min & 15 s
Ten Minutes Program 60 second rate X 2 min & 15 s
Five Minutes Program 60 second rate X 1 min & 15 s
OUTSIDE METRO MANILA
One Hour Program 60 second rate X 15 min

Half Hour Program 60 second rate X 67 ½ min
Quarter Hour Program 60 second rate X 3 min & 45 s
Ten Minutes Program 60 second rate X 2 min & 15 s
Five Minutes Program 60 second rate X 1 min & 15 s
The above rules include the use of basic broadcast equipment and facilities
for the duration of the program.
However, other services like tape recordings, etc. are not computed in the
cost.
b) Facilities and production charges shall be added to airtime costs for
broadcast outside the station.
c) Production costs shall be charged for broadcast done inside; the studios
when the station's personnel or talents' services are used.
D. LOCAL ACCOUNTS
1. The computation of the Local Accounts shall go no lower than fifty (50)
percent of the National Rates. However, a station may charge higher that
the authorized minimum. The percentage used shall appear in the rate
card of the station.
a. Local Accounts Differentiated form a National Account
1. Definition of a Local Account
462
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
A Local Account is any product and/or service that is sold or a service
rendered within a province.
All other accounts are considered national.
The following are some examples of local accounts provided they conform to
the above definition:
Bowling Alleys
Groceries/Supermarkets
Drugstores without branches in another radio area or province
Barber shops
Rural Banks and Cooperatives
Sari-sari stores
Painting shops
Restaurants and Delicatessen
Ice cream parlors
Catering firms
Beer Garden
Night Clubs / hospitals / Clinics / Hotels
Machine shops
Sash Factories
Automotive repair shops
Automotive spare parts stores and hardware
Department and/or appliance store
Dress shops
Tailoring shops
Printing shops
Pawnshops
Funeral parlors and/or memorial parks
Professionals/Practitioners
Laundry Services
All other services/products or similar and/or allied nature which may be

defined from time to time
A Local Account Reclassified to National Account
A Local Account may not be used to mention or promote a National Account.

When such is done, the account is reclassified as a National Account and the
National Rates shall correspondingly apply.
2. a) Excess beyond the contracted commercials as well as riders shall be

subject to additional charges as provided for in Item No. 6 of this section.
463
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
b) The use of commercials longer than the contracted commercial

length shall not be allowed.
3. All provincial stations shall maintain a separate rate card for local
accounts, if their rates for local accounts differ from its rates for national
advertisers.
4. All local advertisements in provincial radio stations shall be subject to a

floor rate. The floor rate shall be defined as the lowest amount that can
be charged by a station within a service area for an advertising spot for a
local advertiser. The floor rate shall be based on the cost of a 30-second
spot.
5. The floor rate shall be determined by the KBP Local Chapter in each
service area. A station may not charge rates that are lower than the floor
rates established for its service area. All local chapters shall be required
to establish floor rates for their areas no later than ninety (90) days after
approval of this resolution.
6. In determining whether a station has violated the above provision, the

total cost of the contract shall be divided by the number of spots ordered
to arrive at the effective cost per spot.
7. Local dealers of franchisees of nationally known brand products may

avail of local rates only when the advertising spot is scheduled on non-
prime time. If the advertising spot is scheduled on prime time, the
national rates shall apply. For the purpose of this provision, prime time
shall be defined as the period between 6:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. and
between 4:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m.
8. Advertising for local promotional events (such as concerts, discos, local

branch openings or anniversaries, and the like) may be treated as local
accounts only when the event itself is the subject of advertising. The
national brand, product or service must only be mentioned as a sponsor.
However, when a commercial material for a national brand, product or
service is used, such advertising shall be treated as a national account.
9. All stations within a service area shall be required to submit their local rate
cards to the KBP Local Chapter for publication within thirty (30) days
before their effectivity.
464
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
10. For the purpose of implementing this provision, the KBP shall coordinate
with the ADBOARD to update the list of national advertisers from time to
time for the reference of all members.
11.The following sanctions shall be imposed on stations found violating the

above provisions:
a. Charging rates lower than the established floor rate - payment of fine
equivalent to the difference between the cost of the contract using the
floor rate and the cost of the contract using the actual rate charged.
b. Charging local rates for national advertisers - payment of fine equivalent

to the difference between the cost of the contract using the local rate and
the cost of the contract using the correct rate.
c. Failure to submit local rate cards within the prescribed period shall be
subject to a fine of P 1,000.00
12. Fines collected for violation of the above provisions shall go to the Local
Chapter.
(Approved as TLMC Resolution No. 97-001: Establishing Floor Rates for

Local Accounts and Other Rules Therefor, during the Top Level Management
Conference held last November 27, 1997, at the Baguio Country Club,
Baguio City.)
E. PENALTIES
The following schedules of penalties shall be applied for violation of the

above rules under this section:
1. Failure to maintain a Station's Official Rate Card - A fine of Five Thousand

(P 5,000) Pesos.
2. Failure to file a certified true copy of the Station's Official Rate Card with
the KBP-SA - The Authority shall issue a warning and a fine of P
1,000.00. The KBP-SA will advise the station to file the Official Rate Card
within 15 days. Failure to comply by the station - a fine of P 1,000.00 will
be imposed, and an additional P 1,000.00 for every month thereafter.
3. Charging rate lower than those reflected in the Station's Official Rate Card
- A fine equivalent to the value of the performed portion of the contract
using the prohibited rates plus 20% of the authorized rate. This penalty is
also applied on authorized local rates.
465
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
4. Failure to notify advertising agencies and advertisers of the change in rate

30 days prior to its effectivity - A fine of P 1,000.00 to P 5,000.00.
5. Failure to charge commercials in excess of the contracted time - A fine of

P 5,000.00.
6. Charging Local Rates for National Rates - Total cost of the contract plus
25% on the station. The station manager shall be fined 50% of the
penalty.
7. For the purpose of verifying whether the station is complying with the KBP
Code and other rules and regulations, the KBP shall conduct a periodic
inspection of local and national contracts and check operating logs.
F. AIRTIME CLASSIFICATION
The value of airtime varies and is dependent on a number of factors i.e. living
habits, existing competing media and other related attractions, population
distribution, average income, and other factors that affect listening habits in
the broadcast service area.
In the event that a station fails to adopt a classification as herein required, the
following time classification shall be applicable:
METRO MANILA
AM Radio
Class A 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM to 7:00
Class B 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM / 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Class C 9:00 PM to 12 Midnight
Class D 12:00 Midnight to 5:00 AM
FM Radio
Class A 6:00 AM to 8:00 PM
Class B 5:00 AM to 6:00 AM / 8:00 PM to 9:00
Class D 12 Midnight to 5:00 AM
OUTSIDE METRO MANILA
AM Radio
Class A 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM
12 Noon to 2:00 PM
4:00 PM to 7:00 PM
466
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Class B 9:00 AM to 12 Noon

2:00 PM to 4:00 PM
7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Class D 12:00 Midnight to 5:00 AM
FM Radio
Class A 6:00 AM to 8:00 PM
Class B 5:00 AM to 6:00 AM
8:00 PM to 10:00 PM
Class D 12 Midnight to 5:00 AM
All airtime classifications shall be submitted to and subject for approval by the
KBP-SA. Any change on rate cards shall be also submitted to KBP-SA for
approval.
Failure of the KBP-SA to act on any petition for change within seven (7) days
from submission shall gain approval.
STANDARDS OF MANAGEMENT
& COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
A. Advertising Agencies
1. A station shall adhere to the standards provided herein and shall require
all advertisers to conform. Otherwise, the station may refuse to do
business with them.
2. A station shall not enter an agreement with an advertiser or an advertising

agency which is contrary to law, public order, public morals and the KBP
code. A station shall not do business with media buyers who represent
themselves singly or as a group to be the station marketing arm for some
advertising agency and client.
The following penalties shall be imposed for violation of the above rule:
467
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

B. Fraudent Billing
1. A station shall not issue any advertiser, advertising agency or sponsor,

any fraudulent billing, affidavit, certificate of performance or any
document.
2. Radio stations shall not prepare fraudulent certificates of performance

(VP's) and billings in collusion with a request from other parties in interest.

C. Payments
1. Billing invoice of a station shall be paid in full within the prescribed period
of sixty (60) days.
468
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
2. A client/advertiser and/or advertising agency or conduit with any unpaid

billing or unsettled accounts within five (5) days from and after receipt by
the client/advertiser of a written demand made by the KBP shall be
subject to a ban by the KBP-SA prohibiting its member stations from
airing and all accounts of a client/advertiser.
3. A two (2) percent per month penalty surcharge shall be imposed on

banned overdue accounts commencing on the date of
suspension/banning by the KBP-SA, and payable to the KBP, one (1)
percent thereof being due to the billing station. A provision to this effect
shall be stated on all broadcast contracts and billing invoices.
BLOCKTIME BUYING
A. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE STATION
Management shall be responsible for the programming of the station. This

prerogative shall not be surrendered to other persons in the guise of
management contracts, lease agreements, co-production commitments and
block time program arrangements.
The following penalties shall be imposed on any violation of the above rules:

469
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
B. BLOCKTIME AIRTIME PURCHASE
1. Contracts
a. Unless otherwise provided in the Station's Official Rate Card, the
classification of prime time blocks for radio shall be:
FOR METRO MANILA

AM RADIO 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM TO 8:00 PM
FM RADIO 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
FOR PROVINCIAL STATION

AM RADIO 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM
12 Noon to 2:00 PM
4:00 PM TO 7:00 PM
FM RADIO 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
It is required that during prime time only three (3) hours of the airtime SHALL
be allowed for block time programs under station responsibility and
supervision. However, in no case shall the block time purchase exceed 40%
of the total operating hours per day.
b. A station shall be responsible for the violation of a block timer of

Philippine Laws, NTC rules and KBP broadcast guidelines regardless of
disclaimers made immediately before or after the block timer segment.
c. There shall be no open-ended contracts for block timers. In no case shall a
block timer contract have a term longer than one year, renewable by
mutual agreement between the station and the block timer. Furthermore,
the rates shall be subject to any duly approved rate changes of the station
concerned.
d. A copy of a duly signed contract between the station and the block timer
buyer shall be furnished to the KBP National Office, including monthly
certification on the status of the block timer’s program. A certification shall
be made that the broadcast continues to adhere and observe KBP Radio
Code and that there are no unpaid arrears.
In case of any violation of the radio Code or for non-payment of arrears and
the station suspends or cancels the contract, a copy of such suspension or
cancellation shall be forwarded to KBP. Violation of any of the provisions on
block time buying shall be a cause for immediate cancellation of the contract.
470
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
e. The station may seek advice from the KBP-SA in cases of suspected
violation of the Radio Code by the block time buyer. The station shall
furnish KBP-SA with a tape recording of the block time program
containing the suspected or alleged violation.
The KBP-SA shall hold a hearing and request the station to bring a additional
evidence, if any. An opinion will be made two (2) weeks after the hearing is
made.
f. Contracts with a duration of one month or less shall be fully paid for in
advance. Contracts with a longer period shall be payable on a month to
month basis in advance.
Should violation of any of these provisions be committed, management

reserves the right to cancel a contract subject to 15 days prior to notice.
2. The following penalties shall be imposed on violation of the above rules:


C. RATES
1. Block time buyer shall observe and faithfully comply with the KBP Radio
code. This provision shall be specified in the contract between the station
and the block time buyer.
2. Block time buyer shall pay the amount based on the computation of
airtime cost as PER the KBP Radio Code which would mean: rate per
minute multiplied by the allowed maximum number of commercial minutes
per hour. In provincial broadcast areas, the station may charge block
timers a Fifty (50) percent lower than its national commercial rates.
471
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
In Metro Manila, the stations shall charge block timers the full 100% of its
national commercial rates. The allowed maximum commercial load shall be
observed at all times.
3. If a station charges block timers less than that which is allowed then there
is a violation of the KBP Radio Code.
4. Any violation of the above rule shall subject station management a fine of
at least P 1,000.00 and not more than P 10,000.00.
D. CREDIT
Block time buyers will be required to pay before broadcast. A contract of any
block time buyer with arrears for non-payment of program or programs shall
immediately be canceled. This would mean when a contract is canceled by
the station for arrears, a block time buyer cannot go on the air in another
station, in any area, unless he pays the original station. This provision shall
be specified in the contract.
Any violation of the above shall subject station management to a fine of at

least P 1,000.00 and not more than P 10,000.00.
E. ACCREDITATION
1. Accreditation is a regular process which gives a person access to the

airlanes. Any person not connected with the regular broadcast staff but
appears on a block time program and goes on-the-air on a seemingly
regular basis is considered a block time buyer and shall be accredited by
KBP-SA.
2. There shall be a certification by the station manager in the block time

contract, then the person who is to regularly go on-the-air, is accredited. If
the person who will regularly go on-the-air is not accredited, the station
manager is liable to pay the fine of P 5,000.00 and the station
management another P 5,000.00 fine if found guilty of violating the
provision. This certification shall be filed with the KBP-SA.
3. If a block time buyer's accreditation is revoked or suspended, he shall not
have access to the airlanes. If the station will allow this block time buyer
to go on-the-air, then management will be subsidiarily liable and shall be
subject to a fine of P 3,000.00 to P 5,000.00 for the first offense; a fine of
P 5,000.00 to P 10,000.00 and suspension of privileges from KBP for a
period of six (6) months to eight (8) months for the second offense; a fine
of P 10,000.00 to P 15,000.00 and suspension from KBP membership for
472
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
a period of eight (8) months (but still covered by KBP regulation) for the
third offense; and recommendation for expulsion from KBP and
recommendation to NTC for suspension of station license for the fourth
offense.
4. The station manager will submit a monthly report to the KBP Local
chapter and copy furnish KBP National Office of the block timers who are
authorized to go on-the-air on said station. The station will be fined P
1,000.00 for failure to report within the regulatory period provided for by
the KBP Accreditation Committee.
5. Failure to pay the fine by the station manager shall be reported to the
network owner, who shall suspend the station manager for a minimum of
fifteen (15) days and management shall pay the fine.
SUBMISSION TO THE JURISDICTION

OF THE REGULATORY BODY OF THE KBP
1. Any dispute from the operation of the block time buyer contract shall be
subject to the rules and regulations of the KBP.
2. The above-mentioned provision shall be made part and parcel of block
time contract. However, in the absence of such provision in the block time
contract, such provision is deemed included.
3. Based on the principle of command responsibility, rules and the law on

agency, the station management is subsidiarily liable if found guilty on any
violation of the provision committed by the station manager.
HABITUAL VIOLATOR
1. Definition
For the purpose of this provision, the term "Habitual Violator" is a KBP
member whose station, block timer, independent producer or employee
covered by the Radio and Television Codes, has been found, within a period
of two (2) years or less, by final and executory judgment, to have committed a
combined aggregate total of five (5) violations of the Radio and/or Television
Codes.
2. Procedure for Adverse Citation
The names and violations of habitual violators of the Radio and TV Code
shall be fully disseminated to all KBP members, Local Chapters and stations
through a general circular issued by the KBP Standards Authority
473
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
immediately after the fifth judgment, rendered as above provided, has

become final and executory. The same shall be published in the "Ang
Brodkaster", the regular newsletter of KBP.
3. Sanctions
Without prejudice to other sanctions herein provided for specific offenses of

the Radio and Television Code, the following sanctions shall also be imposed
upon those cited as habitual violators:
a. No KBP member cited as habitual violator shall qualify as a nominee for

any award in the Golden Dove Awards in the year the adverse citation
was made.
b. If a KBP member has been cited as a habitual violator the second time, its
collection privileges will be suspended for six (6) months. Subsequent
citation as a habitual violator shall warrant suspension or expulsion
proceedings initiated motu propio by the Board of Directors in accordance
with the KBP Articles and By-Laws.
Affiliate networks, stations or organizations will be treated independently of
their mother network for the above purposes.
(Approved as TLMC Resolution No. 97-002: Providing for Publication of

Habitual Violators of the Radio/TV Codes, during the Top Level Management
Conference last November 27, 1997, held in Baguio Country Club, Baguio
City.)
PENAL PROVISIONS
1. Penalties to be imposed for violation of the above rules and regulations,

are categorized into (a) grave, (b) serious, (c) light, and shall consist of
the following:
Grave Penalties
1. For the first offense, a fine of P 3,000 and/or written reprimand to

individual employee/ block timer/announcer, and censure for the station;
2. For the second offense, a fine of P 5,000 and/or twelve (12) months
474
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3. For the third offense, a fine of P 10,000 and/or twenty-four (24) months
4. For the fourth offense, cancellation or revocation of accreditation of

individual employee or block timer/announcer, and recommendation for
expulsion from KBP membership and, recommendation to the National
Serious Penalties

2. For the second offense, a fine of P 4,000 and/or six (6) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and six (6)
3. For the third offense, a fine of P 8,000 and/or twelve (12) months
months suspension of privileges for the station; and

Light Penalties

2. For the second offense, a fine of P 3,000 and/or three (3) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and three (3)
3. For the third offense, a fine of P 5,000 and/or six (6) months suspension
of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and six (6) months

475
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

2. The penalties to be imposed for violation of the above rules and

regulations, shall be in accordance with the following:
A. GRAVE
PROGRAM STANDARDS
H. Sex and violence
I. Drama programming
J. Children's program
P. General program standards
D. Gambling and lotteries
STANDARDS OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
B. Fraudulent billing
B. SERIOUS
PROGRAM STANDARDS
L. Music
O. Medical and legal advice
A. Responsibility of the broadcasters
B. General
I. General advertising standards
STANDARDS OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
A. Advertising agencies
BLOCKTIME BUYING
A. Responsibility of the station
B. Blocktime airtime purchase
476
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
C. LIGHT
PROGRAM STANDARDS
A. News
B. Public affairs, Public issues and Commentaries
D. Political broadcasts
F. Personal calls and appeals
G. Public complainer
K. Quiz shows
M. Fund raising
N. Religion and religious programming
E. Guarantees, offers and promotions
F. Liquor and alcoholic drinks
G. Medical products
H. Cigarettes and tobacco
3. The station shall be subsidiarily liable with the employee/announcer/block

timer for fines which may be imposed on the latter in accordance with the
above provisions.
4. The KBP, may, at its option, enforce the collection of the above fines by
requiring the station concerned to air KBP-sourced advertisements, with
payments thereof to be made and offset against the said collectible fines,
costs for said spots shall be based on prevailing rates.
477
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSCRIPTION
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
This is to certify that I have read and understood the contents of the KBP
Radio Code and that I subscribe to the letter, spirit and intent of the Code and
that I pledge to abide by all its provisions.
________________________
Printed Name
________________________
Signature
________________________
Company
478
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
KAPISANAN NG MGA BRODKASTER NG PILIPINAS
Revised Edition
of the TELEVISION CODE
FOREWORD
If a picture is worth a thousand words, then television is the ultimate mass

medium. Its awesome technology can shrink the world into a global village.
Its vividness, simultaneity, reach and technology instantly transport the
viewer to the scene.
However, we believe that it is not machines but television's men and women,
who write the script, read the news, entertain, sell airtime, and put the whole
show together. They are the ones whose talent shapes the minds and
influence the psyche of the viewer.
This Television Code sets the tone so that the genius of talents, guided by
well-researched and rationalized guidelines, could bring forth not only the
best in form but also in substance of programs, taking into consideration TV’s
various publics - men and women, young and old, of all walks and
persuasions - with the vision of serving them the best that all of TV could
give.
PREAMBLE
WE BELIEVE
THAT broadcasting in the Philippines encapsulizes and reflects the hopes

and dreams of a freedom loving people;
THAT broadcasting is a dynamic factor in our country's cultural, social and

economic growth and development;
THAT broadcasting possesses a uniquely immediate and lasting impact on

the public, which demands a high sense of responsibility, and discerning
judgement of morality, fairness and honesty at all times;
THAT broadcasting has an obligation to uphold the properties and customs of

civilized society; to maintain the respect of the rights and sensitivities of all
people; to preserve the honor and the sanctity of the family and home; to
protect the sacredness of individual dignity; and to promote national unity.
479
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARD
A. GENERAL PROGRAM STANDARDS
1. Crime, violence, illicit sexual relations or any form of perversion shall

never be presented as good, attractive, or as inevitable in the sense of
being beyond correction, reform or retribution.
2. Programs, which feature the abuse of liquor and/or the use of dangerous
drugs, shall always present these as socially undesirable and
unacceptable.
3. Gambling shall never be presented as a good habit, nor shall the public
be encouraged to engage in it.
4. The presentation of superstitions or pseudo-scientific beliefs associated

with the foretelling of the future is not desirable except as required for the
development of a story, when it shall be treated with discretion.
5. Cruelty, greed, selfishness, unfair exploitation of others and similar

unworthy motivations shall not be presented in a favorable light.
6. Programs that underscore any form of injustice or wrongdoing shall show

that such acts are punished just as meritorious deeds are rewarded.
7. Programs shall not be presented in a manner that would degrade the

ideals of family unity and traditional values of the Filipino family such as
mutual respect, trust, assistance and affection.
8. Programs shall not exploit mental and physical defects as to humiliate

those who suffer from such defects nor shall the ridicule of such defects
be presented as good and acceptable.
9. Programs shall not use dialogues, actions and other similar

manifestations which are obscene, blasphemous, profane, derogatory or
vulgar.
10. Programs shall not present medical, legal or other professional materials
without identifying the sources of authority. Such materials shall conform
to the law and established professional standards.
480
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
11. The portrayal of criminal activities shall always convey its negative social
and human effects.
12. In the production and airing of programs, it shall always be considered

that children are a part of the audience.
13. Any program and/or broadcast material tending to incite or inciting

treason, rebellion or sedition - shall not be allowed.
14. Nothing in these rules shall be construed to prohibit free and responsible
speech or legitimate suggestions for the amendment, modification or
abolition of socially repressive laws, practices or systems, or seeking
illegitimate redress of grievances.
a. For the first offense, a fine of P7,000.00 and/or written reprimand to

b. For the second offense, a fine of P10,000.00 and/or twelve (12)

months suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and
twelve (12) months suspension of privileges for the station;
c. For the third offense, a fine of P20,000.00 and/or twenty four (24) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and twenty four
d. For the fourth offense, cancellation or revocation of accreditation of

individual employee/ block timer/announcer, and recommendation for
expulsion from KBP membership and recommendation to the National
Telecommunications Commission (NTC) for the cancellation of the permit
to operate the station
A.1. COMMUNITY RESPONSIBILITY
1. Broadcasters shall acquaint themselves with the culture, mores, traditions,

needs and other characteristics of their coverage area and its people to
best serve the welfare of the community.
2. Requests for the airing of public announcements (panawagan) or programs

shall be carefully reviewed. Before airing, the legitimacy and proper
identity of the requesting party shall first be established.
481
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
A.2. SUPPORT TO NATIONALISM AND DEVELOPMENT
1. All stations shall strive to contribute to national development and promote

the social and economic uplift of the people.
2. All stations shall actively provide for the continuing expression of the
Filipino national identity, and shall encourage the development and
preservation of traditional and indigenous forms of culture.
3. Programs shall continually strive to use predominantly Filipino creative

resources, talents and program content.
4. Programs shall endeavor to encourage and promote nationalism in the

arts, sciences and culture.
5. Every television station is encouraged to produce and schedule its own

positive developmental messages to be aired preferably during primetime.
A.3 SEX, OBSCENITY AND VIOLENCE
1. Crime shall always be condemned. When required by the story, care

should be taken in its presentation in order to minimize/eliminate the
inducement to commit crime.
2. Unnecessary or excessive violence and horror shall not be allowed.
3. Speech or action likely to incite any person to violence or anti-societal

behavior shall not be allowed.
4. Sex and all matters related to it shall be treated with the greatest of care
and utmost good taste. Premarital sex and extra-marital sex shall never
be condoned or justified. Explicit sexual acts, sex perversion of any kind
and frontal nudity shall not be allowed.

individual employee/block timer/announcer, and censure for the station;
b. For the second offense, a fine of P10,000.00 and/or twelve (12) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/ announcer, and twelve
(12) months suspension of privileges for the station;
482
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and twenty four

individual employee/block timer/announcer, and recommendation for
to operate the station.
A.4 SUPERSTITION AND OCCULTISM
1. Superstition, evil, supernatural powers, foretelling of the future, character

reading, witchcraft, occultism, mass hypnotism, faith healing, astrology,
phrenology, palm-reading, numerology, mind-reading, character-reading,
or subjects of a like nature shall be featured with responsibility in
programs in such a manner that it should not foster belief in said activities
and in order not to take undue advantage of and unfairly exploit the
gullible, the innocent, the illiterate, the hopeless and the ignorant.
2. The advertising and coverage of fortune telling, occultism, faith-healing,

astrology, phrenology, palm-reading, numerology, mind-reading,
character-reading or subject of a like nature shall be treated with utmost
care and responsibility.


c. For the third offense, a fine of P20,000.00 and/or twenty four (24)
months suspension of individual employee/block timer/ announcer, and
twenty four (24) months suspension of privileges for the station; and

483
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARDS
B. NEWS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
1. FREQUENCY AND SCHEDULE OF NEWSCAST
Every station shall schedule at least a minimum of 30-minute newscast

(aggregate total including advisories) per day from Monday to Friday.
2. NEWS SOURCES
News sources may either be primary or secondary. A primary source is a

person who is the direct source of a news item. A secondary source may be a
person who acts as an indirect news source or a recorded material (print or
audio/video) from which a news item is extracted or attributed to.
2.1 Care shall be exercised in the selection of news sources. Voice and
video clips of persons involved in the news shall be properly identified.
Morbid, sensational or alarming details not essential to the factual report,
especially about stories on crimes or sex, shall not be allowed. News
shall be presented in such a manner as to avoid panic and unnecessary
alarm.
2.2 Correct and accurate attribution of news sources whether primary or
secondary are mandatory in keeping with the highest standards of
3. NEWS REPORTING
3.1 News reporting shall be factual, fair and as objective as possible.

Unconfirmed reports shall be identified as such and verified for accuracy
at the soonest time possible.
3.2 Good taste shall prevail in the selection and handling of news. Morbid,
sensational, or alarming details not essential to factual reporting shall be
allowed.
3.3 Editors and deskmen shall be diligent in the supervision/evaluation of

content, format and presentation of news broadcasts.
3.4 Station management shall exercise extreme caution and prudence in

deciding whether or not to air interviews with persons who openly or
publicly advocate the overthrow of government by force or violence.
484
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
4. NEWS ANALYSES
Programs of news analyses, commentaries and editorials shall be clearly

identified as such and clearly distinguished from straight news. Speakers,
writers and sources shall be properly identified.
4.1 Station management shall ensure that commentaries and analyses are
handled by qualified station personnel or talents.
4.2 An editorial shall be clearly identified as such, with a statement that the
station/network assumes responsibility for that point of view.
4.3 Commentaries/analyses by block timers shall be clearly identified as

such. The content of the commentary/analysis and qualifications of the
commentator/analyst remain the responsibility of the station/network,
even if the program is a block time purchase.
4.4 Special responsibility devolves upon those who analyze and/or comment
on news developments, and the network shall ensure that the task is to be
performed in the best interest of the viewing public. News analysis and
commentaries shall be clearly identified as such, to distinguish them from
straight news reporting.
4.5 Opinions about issues of general interest expressed in news, public

affairs, and other programs shall be clearly identified as editorials for
which the network shall be held directly responsible.
5. PLACEMENT OF ADVERTISING
Broadcast stations shall be discriminating in the acceptance, placement and

presentation of advertising in news programs so that such advertising is
clearly distinguished from news content. Further, commercials in the guise of
news shall not be allowed.
6. All news interview programs shall be governed by accepted standards of

ethical journalism, under which the interviewer selects the questions to be
asked. Where there is advanced agreement materially restricting an
important or newsworthy area of questioning, the interviewer will state on
the program that such limitation has been agreed upon. Such disclosure
shall be made if the person being interviewed requires that questions be
submitted in advance or participates in editing a recording of the interview
prior to broadcast.
485
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
7. COVERAGE OF NEWS AND PUBLIC EVENTS
In the coverage of news and public events, broadcasters shall exercise their
judgment along accepted standards of ethical journalism.
8. Rallies and demonstrations are legitimate news events and may be

covered at the discretion of the station. However, care shall be exercised
that the coverage itself is not sensationalized so as to incite or alarm the
listening and viewing public.
9. Any live or taped on-the-spot and continuing coverage of any activity that
purports to heal the sick and the ill based on the occult, black magic,
witchcraft and practices of similar nature shall not be allowed. If there is
legitimate news value to these activities, these shall only be carried as
news items in regular newscasts or as a professionally handled
documentary.

b. For the second offense, a fine of P5,000.00 and/or three (3) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/ announcer, and three
c. For the third offense, a fine of P10,000.00 and/or six (6) months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/ announcer, and six (6)

to operate the station
486
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARDS
C. PUBLIC AFFAIRS
1. Broadcast stations are encouraged to provide a forum for articulating

views, opinions and comments from all sectors of society.
2. Broadcast stations shall provide a fair representation to opposing or

contrasting sides of significant public issues being discussed.
3. Public affairs programs shall be geared towards building an enlightened

citizenry through the discussion and clarification of issues of national and
international significance.
4. The broadcaster has the obligation to present public issues free from
personal bias, prejudice and inaccurate and misleading information.
Programs and commentaries which deal with controversial issues
involving public officials shall treat such officials fairly. Care shall be
taken that such programs do not purposely erode the people's confidence
in duly constituted authority. Name-calling and personal insults are
prohibited. Constructive rather than negative criticism shall be
emphasized and shall be based on fact. The language used shall not be
vulgar, obscene, derogatory or inflammatory as determined by prevailing
legal and community standards.
5. No station shall allow its airtime and other facilities to be used to malign or
unfairly attack other persons or groups on issues which have no bearing
on the public welfare.
6. It is the responsibility of the newscaster, commentator, host and

announcer to protect public interest, general welfare and good order in the
presentation of public affairs and public issues.
7. Upon discovery of a mistake, it is the responsibility of the network to

rectify the mistake by airing corrective statement/s at the earliest available
opportunity.

487
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

PROGRAM STANDARDS
D. POLITICAL BROADCASTS
1. All political broadcasts whether in the form of programs or spots shall

comply with and be subject to the pertinent provisions of the Election
Code and all other applicable laws and regulations promulgated by
competent authority.
2. Political broadcasts such as straight commentaries, analyses, reportage

or in drama form designed to influence voters shall be properly identified
before and after the program as a paid broadcast. (NOTE: Subject to the
existing provision of the Election Code).
3. Political broadcasts shall not be presented in the misleading guise of any

other program type or format.
4. The unique and free character of political broadcasts makes it imperative

for all candidates and/or their duly authorized representatives to observe
broadcast ethics.

488
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
b. For the second offense, a fine of P5,000.00 and/or three (3)months
suspension of individual employee/block timer/ announcer, and three (3)

PROGRAM STANDARDS
E. RELIGION AND RELIGIOUS PROGRAMMING
1. Broadcast stations shall make available to the community appropriate and

equal opportunities for religious programs which shall be presented by
responsible individuals, groups or organizations, in a manner that shall
provide the audience with a positive view of the role of religion in society.
2. Television broadcasting reaches audiences of all creeds. Therefore, both

advocates of broad or ecumenical religious precepts and the exponents of
specific doctrines are urged to present their positions in a positive manner
conducive to viewer/listener enlightenment on the role of religion in
society.
3. Programs which contain religious material shall not in any manner

ridicule, cast aspersions on, and degrade other existing denominations,
sects and groups.

489
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

PROGRAM STANDARDS
F. PROGRAMS FOR CHILDREN
1. In their totality, children's programs shall contribute to the sound,

balanced development and growth of children.
2. Children's programs shall afford wholesome entertainment opportunities

and cultural growth.
3. While children's programs may contain combat violence, it shall not

present violence, whether physical or psychological, as the only means in
resolving conflicts and problems.
4. Children's programs shall embody positive sets of values to encourage

them to become responsible persons.
5. Children's programs shall encourage respect for authority, law and order,
good morals and clean, healthful living. Emphasis shall also be given to
the development in children of good manners, a sense of duty,
responsibility and proper concept of courage.
6. Children's programs shall not encourage children to purchase a product

specifically for the purpose of keeping the program on air.
7. Children shall be encouraged in the art of correct speech and

pronunciation, such that speech and expression detrimental to the
language growth of children shall be avoided. Slang and incorrect
pronunciation shall be discouraged except when necessary to
characterization, in which case some way of pointing out errors shall be
incorporated into the sequence.
490
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
8. Exploitation of children shall not be allowed. Advertisement of a product or

service which might result in physical, mental, psychological and/or moral
harm to children shall not be aired in a program intended for children.
9. Children's programs shall not allow the depiction of sexual acts and/or
undue violence.
10. No liquor or cigarette advertising spots shall be allowed within programs

specifically intended for children, including break spots immediately
before and after such programs.
11. Criminal and immoral activity shall always be portrayed as undesirable.
12. Children's programs shall endeavor to complement the formal education

of children.
13. All stations are encouraged to schedule regular children's programs for an
audience 12 years and under.

suspension of individual employee/block timer/ announcer, and twenty
four (24) months suspension of privileges for the station; and

491
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARDS
G. CONTESTS, PUBLIC PARTICIPATION PROGRAMS

AND PROMOTIONS
1. Contests and promotions shall be conducted with fairness and shall

comply with all pertinent laws of the land and regulations of KBP.
Contests and promotions shall not unduly exploit the audience or
participants.
2. All contest details including rules, eligibility requirements, opening and

termination dates shall be completely and clearly announced at least
three (3) days before the contest. The mechanics of the contest in all
cases shall be submitted to the Standards Authority as herein provided
for. The winners' names shall be announced and the prizes awarded as
soon as possible after the contest.
3. Public or audience participation programs shall not ridicule, diminish or

demean the dignity of an individual participating in such programs.
4. Performers in programs shall always observe decency and proper

decorum.


492
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
PROGRAM STANDARDS
H. FUND RAISING
1. A station shall not allow its facilities to be used for fund-raising activities
unless it has fully verified the legitimacy and worthiness of the project and
only where beneficiaries are government sponsored projects, charitable
causes, victims of calamities or natural disasters or for legitimate and
worthy causes.
2. Registration with and clearance by KBP is required of non-station

producers like block timers and/or co-producers whose programs are
vehicles for fund solicitation where beneficiaries are outside those
mentioned in the preceding section.


PROGRAM STANDARDS
I. SHOWING OF MOVIES AND MOVIE TRAILERS
1. Only movies approved by MTRCB or any government regulatory or

authorized body may be shown on television.
493
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
2. Television stations reserve the right to require further editing of movie

trailers and/or may refuse their airing, regardless of MTRCB action, to
conform with the network's internal standards and policies.
3. Television stations shall not schedule movie trailers which are not suitable
for children, even if approved by MTRCB within children's programs or
within commercial gaps immediately preceding or succeeding children's
shows.
4. The control or prevention of movie piracy shall be the station's

responsibility. Only movies and other television program materials
approved or cleared by the Videogram Regulatory Board (VRB) or any
government regulatory body may be aired by television stations.


to operate the television stations.
PROGRAM STANDARDS
J. GAMBLING AND LOTTERIES
1. The coverage of horseracing, cockfighting, jai-alai and all forms of

gambling, legal or illegal shall not be allowed. The coverage of all other
forms of sports events which may involve public betting shall conform to
existing rules and regulations contained herein.
494
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
2. The announcements of tips, results and schedules of horseracing, jai-alai,
cockfighting, small town lottery (popularly known as lotto), last two
numbers of the winning sweepstakes draw, and all form of gambling shall
not be allowed.

c. For the third offense, a fine of P20,000.00 and/or twenty four (24)

PROGRAM STANDARDS
K. USE OF CRAWLS
1. Text crawls, either electronic or manual, shall not be used for any other
purpose except for news bulletins and last minute program changes and
advisories in the public interest.
a. For the first offense a fine of P3,000.00 and/or written reprimand to

495
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

PROGRAM STANDARDS
L. MUSICAL, VARIETY, SITCOM, GAME AND SPECIAL SHOW
1. Adlibs/Spiels/Scripts/Languages
a. Coarse, vulgar jokes, which may offend the sensibilities of the audience
and the viewers, shall be taboo.
b. There shall be no derogatory utterances nor accompanying antics that will

tend to demean or ridicule participant(s), any member of the studio or
viewing audience and/or any ethnic, racial or religious group.
c. The diminution of respect for the lawful authority and the process of law
enforcement are unacceptable as program material.
2. Dance sequences/skits
Good taste shall prevail in the presentation of skits and dance numbers.
Utmost care shall be taken that dancers or performers are properly attired.
3. Attire and Decorum
All hosts/emcees/casts/regular on-air personalities shall be properly dressed

for their program, taking into account not only what is fashionable but also
what is decent and proper for the medium.
Performers in the programs shall always observe decency and proper

decorum and shall not be allowed to perform while under the influence of
drugs or liquor.
496
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
A. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE NETWORK
1. The primary aim of advertising shall be to provide the public with honest,
truthful and adequate information on products and services. A
network/station shall refuse advertisements where there is sufficient
reason to doubt the integrity of the advertisers and the truth of the
advertising representation.
2. A network/station shall exercise utmost care to prevent the presentation of

false, misleading or deceptive advertising. If necessary, advertisers may
be required to show documentation to prove the validity and truthfulness
of claims, demonstration and testimonials contained in their commercial
messages.
3. A network/station shall exercise special caution in the schedule of

commercials which might not be suitable for children. Such commercials
shall not be placed within or near programs designed for children. No
commercial which exploits children shall be allowed.

individual employee / block timer/ announcer, and censure for the station;
b. For the second offense, a fine P8,000.00 and/or six (6) months
c. For the third offense, a fine of P15,000.00 and/or twelve (12) months

497
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
B. USE OF CHILDREN IN ADVERTISING
1. Networks/stations and advertisers shall exercise special caution with the

contents and presentation of television commercials within and around
programs designed for children 12 years and below. Exploitation of
children shall be avoided. Commercials directed to children shall in no
way mislead as to the product’s performance and usefulness.
2. Commercials, whether live, film or tape, within programs designed

primarily for children 12 years and below shall be clearly distinguishable
from program materials. Hence, an appropriate device shall be utilized to
separate commercials from program material.
3. Children shall not be presented as being in contact with or demonstrating

a product recognized as potentially dangerous to them.


498
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
C. GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING
1. Networks/stations shall honor and strictly adhere to their contractual

obligations and commitments to advertisers and advertising agencies.
2. Networks/stations shall circularize to all concerned a clear and full

statement of their rates, terms and lead-time requirements for the
convenience of advertisers.
3. Where they are available, networks/stations shall disseminate current

information regarding viewership, listenership and other relevant
information to guide advertising agencies and other concerned parties in
properly evaluating media purchases and usages.
4. Rate adjustments by networks/stations shall be announced at least ninety

(90) days prior to implementation within which time advertisers and
advertising agencies may make necessary adjustments, except in cases
of abnormal economic/price fluctuations caused by factors beyond
control.


499
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
D. TIME STANDARDS FOR NON-PROGRAM MATERIALS
1. Commercial interruptions shall be scheduled in such a manner as to

provide continuous viewing pleasure.
2. All networks shall regulate the placement, duration and frequency of non-
traditional advertisements so as not to duly intrude into the program
content.
3. Commercial load for television in Metro Manila shall not exceed eighteen
(18) minutes per hour in foreign or local programs, inclusive of
breakspots. The commercial load for provincial TV stations shall not
exceed twenty (20) minutes per program hour, whether foreign or local.
4. Coverages of news, special events, public affairs programs and sports

shall be exempt from program interruption standards. However, the
aggregate number of commercial minutes per clockhour shall be
observed, except in international sports events where the commercial
load may be increased on a case to case basis upon approval of the
Standards Authority but in no case shall it exceed twenty (20) commercial
minutes per hour. The responsibilities on implementation of the number
of commercial minutes allowed per hour remains with the station. These
terms and conditions shall appear in the contract covering spot/program
sales.
5. Direct competing products, services or firms may be placed within the

same commercial cluster provided they are not aired back-to-back.
6. Programs with multiple sponsorship may avail of product CBB's bumpers.
7. The following schedule of penalties shall be imposed on any station found

to be violating the above rules:
a. For airing commercial materials in excess of limitations - a confiscatory

fine of the equivalent amount of the commercial in excess plus 20% of the
aggregate total amount of the overload.
b. For airing back-to-back of direct competing products, services or firms in

the same commercial cluster - cost of commercials in the cluster.
500
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
E. GENERAL ADVERTISING STANDARDS
1. Advertisements shall not contain messages which deride or otherwise

discredit the law and its enforcement.
2. The following types of advertising shall not be allowed:
a. Advertising which uses superlatives, false claims and misleading

expressions.
b. Advertisements which refer to the results of bonafide researches, surveys

or terms relating to the product to be advertised as to create an
impression of fact beyond that established by such researches, surveys or
tests.
c. Advertisements which use statements citing the source and removing

such statement from the context so that it is applied to support the
advertiser's interest in a manner not intended by the original author.
d. Advertisements which contain disparaging references to products or

services or to other advertisers, professionals, industries or institutions.
e. Advertisements which contain messages describing in detail any form of

violence or brutality or which appear to condone such acts.
f. Advertisements which deliberately encourage wrong usage or which

deliberately promote wrong pronunciation and bad grammar.
g. Advertisements which make insignificant use of national heroes or

national shrines for the sale or promotion of commercial products or
services.
3. Advertisements shall not, without prior consent of an individual, portray or

refer to by whatever means, the individual's personal and private
experience.
4. Advertisements shall not disregard normal safety precautions nor show or

refer to dangerous practices without justifiable reason.
501
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
5. Advertising on loans and investments shall conform to and comply with

existing Philippine laws, rules and regulations.
6. Advertisements on undertakers and morticians and others associated with

death or burial shall be presented in a restrained, tasteful and inoffensive
manner.
7. Care shall be exercised in accepting advertisements supporting charitable

causes so as not to mislead the public.
8. "Bait-switch" advertising or advertisements whereby goods or services

which the advertiser has no intention of selling are offered merely to lure
the customers into purchasing higher priced substitutes are not
acceptable.
9. Advertising messages shall be presented with courtesy and good taste;

every effort shall be made to keep the advertising message in harmony
with the content and general tone of the program in which it appears.
10. The role and capability of television to market sponsors' products are well
recognized. In turn, this fact dictates that great care be exercised by the
broadcaster to prevent the presentation of false, misleading or deceptive
advertising. While it is entirely appropriate to present a product in a
favorable light and atmosphere, the presentation shall not, by copy or
demonstration, involve a material deception as to the characteristics,
performance or appearance of the product.
Broadcast advertisers are responsible for making available documentation

adequate to support the validity and truthfulness of claims, demonstrations
and testimonials contained in their commercial messages.
11. Appeals to help fictitious characters in television programs by purchasing

the advertiser's product or service sending for a premium shall not be
permitted, and such fictitious characters shall not be introduced into the
advertising message for such purposes.
12. Advertising shall offer a product or service on its positive merits and
refrain from discrediting, disparaging or unfairly attacking competitors,
competing products, and other industries, professionals or institutions.
13. In consideration of the customs and attitudes of the communities served,

television networks/stations shall refuse his/her facilities to the
advertisement of products and services, or the use of advertising scripts,
502
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
which the network/station has good reason to believe would be
objectionable to a substantial and responsible segment of the community.
These standards shall be applied with judgment and flexibility, taking into
consideration the characteristics of the medium, its home and family
audience, and the form and content of particular presentation.
14. The advertising of firearms/ammunition is acceptable provided it promotes

the product only as sporting gear and conforms to recognized standards
of safety. The advertising of fireworks is unacceptable.
15. Because all products of a personal nature create special problems,

acceptability of such products shall be determined with special emphasis
on ethics and canons of good taste. Such advertising of personal
products, if accepted, shall be presented in a restrained, tasteful and
inoffensive manner.
16. Networks shall require advertisers to present the Adboard's certificate of

clearance for all commercial materials prior to airing.

b. For the second offense, a fine P8,000.00 and/or six (6) months
c. For the third offense, a fine of P15,000.00 and/or twelve (12) months

503
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
F. USE OF CRAWLS/SUPERIMPOSITION
1. Advertising messages via electronic or manual means, either static or
crawl, shall only be allowed in the following:
a. all programs brought in from outside the Philippines via satellite; and
b. live sporting events.
2. A regular commercial using the character generator which contains a

crawling advertising message shall not be allowed.


G. STATION LOGS
1. Networks shall maintain a standard operations log that shall faithfully

reflect and record all on-air activities such as program and commercial
placements, which shall be the sole basis of certificates of performance
(CP's) and billing invoices, unless otherwise impugned by superior
evidence.
504
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
H. TELECAST ORDERS
1. Networks/stations shall honor for implementation, all telecast

orders/broadcast orders, agency memos, media memos, purchase
orders, job orders, temporary telecast orders and letters of authority
issued by advertising agencies, provided they are in order and
acceptable. Likewise, the advertising agency shall equally accept full
responsibility for such placements.
2. Networks shall submit the contracts duly signed by their authorized

representatives to the advertising agencies within a reasonable period of
time.
3. Suspension/cancellation of a telecast/broadcast order shall require the

standard 15-day written notice by the agency or by the advertiser.
I. FRAUDULENT BILLING
1. A network shall not intentionally issue or cause to be issued to any

advertiser, advertising agency or sponsor, any billing invoice, affidavit or
document which contains false information or which misrepresents the
nature, content, schedule or advertising of sponsored material. The
accuracy and veracity of said documents shall be the responsibility of the
network/station.


505
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

J. PAYMENTS
1. Billing invoices of a station shall be paid in full within the prescribed period
of sixty (60) days.
2. A client/advertiser and/or advertising agency or conduit with any unpaid

billing or unsettled accounts within five (5) days from and after receipt by
the client/advertiser of a written demand made by the KBP shall be
subject to a SUSPENSION by the KBP-SA prohibiting its member stations
from airing any and all accounts of a client/advertiser.
A two percent (2%) per month penalty surcharge shall be imposed on

suspended overdue accounts by the KBP-SA. The computation of the
penalty shall retroact on the 61st day from receipt of billing invoices and
payable to the KBP.
K. AIRING OF BANNED ACCOUNT
Any station which airs the commercial or promotional material of a suspended

account shall be penalized in the amount equivalent to 100% of the total
portion of the performed business of the broadcast contract at the time of the
discovery of the violation plus a fine of 25% of the performed business.
506
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
L. NON-REGULAR ADVERTISEMENTS
1. DEFINITION
A non-regular advertisement commonly known as a "casual plug” is any

mention or display of an identifiable product or service in the course of a
program or in the credits other than through traditional advertisements or
commercials. It is commonly used as a series of back-to-back
announcements of different products, services and business establishments.
2. MODE OF AIRING
Non-regular advertisements shall be properly produced and shall be

presented in the form of slides, videotapes, posters or prototypes but limited
to the allowable maximum length of not more than 10 seconds.
3. Number of products that may be advertised through non-regular

advertisements within the body of the programs.
3.1 The number of non-regular advertisements shall be limited to a maximum

of 15 products or services per hour.
3.2 The maximum length of a non-regular advertisement shall be limited to a

maximum of 10 seconds per product or service.
3.3 The preferred mode of airing is a disclaimer within the credits: "The
following donated goods/services for promotional considerations."
4. ADVERTISING BY PERFORMERS
4.1Commercials under the guise of news utilizing news personalities shall not
be allowed.
4.2 The casual mention of a product or service such as hairdressers clothes

make-up, shoes, etc. Shall not be allowed in the program. However,
such products and services may appear in the closing billboards, as in 3.3
above.
4.3 Performers wearing T-shirts or displaying other paraphernalia which

promote a product or service shall be allowed only in the portions of the
program sponsored by the advertiser.
507
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
4.4 Product giveaways shall not be prominently displayed and/or given on the
air except during portions sponsored by the product concerned.
M. MEDICAL PRODUCTS
Commercials for services of over-the-counter products involving health

consideration are of intimate and far-reaching importance to the customer.
The following principles shall apply to such advertising:
1. Physicians, dentists or nurses or actors representing physicians, dentists

or nurses, shall not be employed in commercials directly or by implication.
These restrictions also apply to persons professionally engaged in
medical services.
2. Visual representations of laboratory settings may be employed, provided

they bear a direct relationship to bonafide research which has been
conducted for the product or services.
In such cases, laboratory technicians shall be identified as such and shall not
be employed as spokesperson or in any other way speak on behalf of the
product.
3. Institutional announcements not intended to sell a specific product or

service to the consumer and public service announcements by non-profit
organizations may be presented by accredited physicians, dentists or
nurses, subject to approval by the network. An accredited professional is
one who has met government required qualifications and is duly licensed.
N. CONTESTS
1. When advertising is accepted which requests contestants to submit items

of product identification or other evidence of purchase of products,
reasonable facsimiles thereof shall be made acceptable unless award is
based upon skill and not by chance.
2. All contest spiels pertaining to the sponsors’ product or service and all
references to prizes or gifts offered shall be considered as non-traditional
advertisements.
508
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
O. GUARANTEES, OFFERS AND PROMOTIONS

1. Full details of proposed offers shall be required by the network for
evaluation and approval before the offer is made public.
2. A final date for the termination of an offer shall be announced as early as

possible.
3. Before accepting cash offers, the network shall ascertain the integrity of
the advertiser.
4. There shall be no misleading description or visual representations of any

premiums or gifts which would distort or enlarge their value in the minds
of the viewers.
5. Assurances shall be obtained from the advertiser that premiums offered

are not harmful to person or property.
P. LIQUOR AND ALCOHOLIC DRINKS

1. The advertising of beer, wines and hard liquor shall be presented in the
best of good taste and discretion.
2. Children or adolescents shall not be allowed to participate in the

presentation of advertisements for liquor and other alcoholic drinks.
3. Liquor advertisements may not imply that drinking is normal and essential
to social success or acceptance.
4. Alcoholic advertisements shall not feature or promote excessive drinking.
5. Liquor advertisements shall not claim that drinking brings about

therapeutic, sedative, tranquilizing or stimulating effects.
6. Liquor advertisements shall neither claim nor suggest that drinking

enhances sexual success or physical or mental skills.
7. No advertisements for liquor or alcoholic drinks shall appear in any
program directed wholly or mainly to children.
8. Liquor and alcoholic drink advertisements shall not feature children's

heroes.
509
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Q. GAMBLING AND LOTTERIES
1. Advertisements related to betting and gambling shall not be allowed

except for the regular sweepstakes draw and lotto.
2. Advertisements of government-controlled and operated institutions, which

legally conduct gambling activities, may be allowed provided that they are
in the form of institutional or corporate advertising only. Such
advertisements shall not allow the mention of the word of “gambling” or
any form of gambling activity.
3. Advertisements related to the regular government sweepstakes draw and

lotto shall be subject to the following conditions:
a. Such advertisements shall not be scheduled/aired in children’s programs

or programs adjacent to them.
The advertisements shall be in the nature of institutional advertising only.

Institutional advertisements, as used in this provision, shall be defined as
advertising whose purpose is to promote the organization which conducts the
betting and gambling activities, and not the activities themselves. Such
advertisement shall not contain any material which directly or indirectly
encourages or exhorts the public to gamble or bet. Such words as “tumaya
na kayo sa lotto”, “bumili na kayo ng ticket”, or “yayaman ka sa lotto” or the
like shall not be used.
a. For the first offense, a fine of 50% of the gross amount of the contract for
the advertisement on the station plus three (3) months suspension of
collection privileges shall be imposed upon the erring KBP member.
b. For the second offense, a fine of 50% of the gross amount of the contract
for the advertisement on the station plus six (6) months suspension of
collection privileges shall be imposed upon the erring KBP member.
c. For the third offense, a fine of 100% of the gross amount of the contract
for advertisement plus one (1) year suspension of collection and other
privileges shall be imposed upon the erring KBP member.
d. For the fourth offense, recommendation for expulsion from KBP

membership and recommendation to the National Telecommunications
510
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Commission (NTC) for the cancellation of the permit to operate the
station.
(Approved as Resolution 98-01 "Amending the Provisions of the KBP Radio

and Television Codes On Gambling" approved by the General Membership in
plenary session during the KBP General Membership Meeting at the New
World Hotel last July 15, 1998.)
R. CIGARETTES AND TOBACCO
1. Advertisements of cigarettes and tobacco shall not depict the actual

inhaling of such products.
2. Advertisements shall not exaggerate the attraction of smoking or

otherwise seek to persuade people to start smoking.
3. Advertisements shall not seek to encourage smokers to smoke

excessively.
4. Advertisements shall not exploit the youth who are especially vulnerable,
whether on account of their youth or immaturity or as a result of any
physical, mental or social handicap.
5. Advertisements shall not claim directly or indirectly that it is abnormal not

to smoke.
6. Advertisements shall not claim directly or indirectly, any health advantage
of one cigarette brand over other brands, except on evidence which has
been accepted by health authorities.
7. Advertisements shall not claim, directly or indirectly, that smoking

contributes significantly to the attainment of social or business success.
8. Cigarette advertisements shall not feature children's heroes.
9. No advertisements for cigarette shall appear in any children's programs.
Advertisements shall carry the government rider that smoking is hazardous to

ones' health.
511
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
S. BLOCKTIMERS
It shall be the responsibility of each network to monitor block timer’s

marketing practices and to implement the agreed on-the-air policies of the
association.
HABITUAL VIOLATOR
1. Definition
For the purpose of this provision, the term "Habitual Violator" is a KBP
member whose station, block timer, independent producer or employee
covered by the Radio and Television Codes, has been found, within a period
of two (2) years or less, by final and executory judgment, to have committed a
combined aggregate total of five (5) violations of the Radio and/or Television
Codes.
2. Procedure for Adverse Citation
The names and violations of habitual violators of the Radio and TV Codes
shall be fully disseminated to all KBP members. Local Chapters and stations
through a general circular issued by the KBP Standards Authority
immediately after the fifth judgment, rendered as above provided, have
become final and executory. The same shall be published in the "Ang
Brodkaster", the regular newsletter of KBP.
3. Sanctions
Without prejudice to other sanctions herein provided for specific offenses of

the Radio and Television Code, the following sanctions shall also be imposed
upon those cited as habitual violators:
a. No KBP member cited as habitual violator shall qualify as a nominee for

any award in the Golden Dove Awards in the year the adverse citation
was made.
b. If a KBP member has been cited as a habitual violator the second time, its
collection privileges will be suspended for six (6) months. Subsequent
citation as a habitual violator shall warrant suspension or expulsion
proceedings initiated motu propio by the Board of Directors in accordance
with the KBP Articles and By-Laws.
512
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Affiliate networks, stations or organizations will be treated independently of

their mother network for the above purposes.
(Approved as TLMC Resolution No. 97-002 "Providing for Publication of

Habitual Violators of the Radio and TV Code" during the Top Level
Management Conference held last Nov. 27, 1997 at the Baguio Country Club,
Baguio City.)
PENAL PROVISIONS
1. Penalties to be imposed for violation of the above rules and regulations

are categorized into (a) maximum, (b) medium, and (c) minimum, and
shall consist of the following:
A. GRAVE PENALTIES:
1. For the first offense, a fine of P7,000.00 and/or written reprimand to

individual employee/ block timer/announcer, and censure for the
station;
2. For the second offense, a fine of P10,000.00 and/or twelve (12)

months and one (1) day suspension of individual employee/ block
timer/announcer, and twelve (12) months and one (1) day suspension
of privileges for the station;
3. For the third offense, a fine of P20,000.00 and/or twenty four (24)

employee/block timer/announcer, and recommendation for expulsion from
KBP membership and recommendation to the National Telecommunications
B. SERIOUS PENALTIES:

individual employee/ block timer/announcer, and censure for the
station;
2. For the second offense, a fine of P8,000.00 and/or six (6) months and
one (1) day suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer,
and six (6) months suspension of privileges for the station;
513
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3. For the third offense a fine of P15,000.00 and/or twelve (12) month
suspension of individual employee/block timer/announcer, and twelve

C. LIGHT PENALTIES:

2. For the second offense, a fine of P5,000.00 and/or three (3) months
3. For the third offense, a fine of P10,000.00 and/or six months (6) months

2. The penalties to be imposed for violation of the above rules and

regulations, shall be in accordance with the following:
A.GRAVE
I. PROGRAM STANDARDS
A. General Program Standards
A.3 Sex, Obscenity and Violence
A.4 Superstition and Occult
F. Program for children
I. Showing of Movies and Movie Trailers
K. Gambling and Lotteries
514
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
II. ADVERTISING STANDARDS

B. Fraudulent Billing
Q. Gambling and Lotteries
B.SERIOUS

A. Responsibility of the Network
E. General Advertising Standards
C.LIGHT
I. PROGRAM STANDARDS
B. News and Public Affairs
C. Commentaries
D. Political Broadcasts, Religion and Religious Programming
G. Contests, Public Participation Programs and
Promotions
H. Fund Raising, Use of Crawls

B. Use of Children in Advertising
C. General Principles of Advertising
F. Use of Crawls/superimpositions
3. The station shall be solidarily liable with the employee/block timer/

announcer for fines which may be imposed on the latter in accordance
with the above provisions.
4. The KBP may, at its option, enforce the collection of the above fines by
requiring the station concerned to air KBP-sourced advertisements, with
payments therefore to be made and offset against the said collectible
fines, costs for said spots shall be based on prevailing rates.
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSCRIPTION
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
This is to certify that I have read and understood the contents of the KBP TV
Code; that I subscribe to the letter, spirit and intent of the provisions of the
Code; that I bind the company I represent and its employees to abide by the
provisions of the Code; and do hereby recognize and submit to the authority
and jurisdiction of the KBP Board of Directors and/or the Standards Authority
515
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
to enforce the same; and finally, that this commitment shall be reflected in all
our broadcast activities.
_____________________
PRINTED NAME
_____________________
SIGNATURE
______________________
COMPANY
516
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
TEST – 8-5
1. In KBP radio standards, each station is required to schedule a minimum

of _____ of news per day (from 5:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) on a Monday-
thru-Saturday basis.
A. 30 min
B. 60 min
C. 45 min
D. 75 min
2. The minimum length/s of a daily radio news can be ______
A. 1 minute
B. 5 minutes
C. 10 minutes or 15 minutes
D. all of the above
3. A distinct unit of a program with minimum news content of one (1) minute
excluding intro, extro, headline and commercial load.
A. Newsbreak
B. Flash report
C. Newscast
D. all of the above
4. A _______is a person from whom a piece of news originates.
A. primary source
B. secondary source
st
C. 1 person source
D. 2nd person source
5. A ______ is normally a recorded material (print or audio) from which a

piece of news is extracted or attributed to, or may be a person who acts
as a conduit.
A. primary source
B. secondary source
C. 1st person source
nd
D. 2 person source
517
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
6. The cancellation or revocation of accreditation of individual employee,

and recommendation for expulsion from KBP membership and,
recommendation to the NTC for the cancellation of permit to operate the
station, for improper placement of advertisement shall be given for:
A. first offense
B. third offense
C. second offense
D. fourth offense
7. These are announcements requested by private individuals or groups

either through the KBP or directly with the broadcast station.
A. Public Service Announcements

B. Private Announcements
C. Private Service Announcements
D. Public Announcements
8. All stations shall actively promote the growth and development of Filipino
music. Radio stations are encouraged to schedule ____ OPM’s every
clockhour.
A. 1
B. 3
C. 3
D. 4
9. The principal source of revenue of the free, competitive system of

commercial broadcasting is:
A. Advertising
B. Donation
C. Fund
D. All of the above
10. A commercial preceding the opening of the program is called:
A. cow-catcher
B. hitch-hiker
C. lead commercial
D. sweeper
518
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
11. A commercial following the close of the program is called:
A. cow-catcher
B. hitch-hiker
C. lead commercial
D. sweeper
12. Commercial load for radio shall not exceed _____ for one hour program
in Metro Manila.
A. 15 min
B. 17 min
B. 18 min
D. 20 min
13. A half-hour program shall have a maximum of ______ commercial

minutes within Metro Manila.
A. 15
B. 7 min and 30 sec
C. 3 min and 30 sec
D. 1 min and 15 sec
14. A quarter-hour program shall not exceed ______ commercial minutes

within Metro Manila.
A. 15
B. 7 min and 30 sec
C. 3 min and 30 sec
D. 1 min and 15 sec
15. A five-minute program shall have a maximum of ______ commercial

minutes within Metro Manila.
A. 15
B. 7 min and 30 sec
C. 3 min and 30 sec
D. 1 min and 15 sec
519
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
16. Commercial load for radio shall not exceed _____ for one hour program
outside Metro Manila.
A. 15 min
B. 17 min
C. 18 min
D. 20 min
17. A half-hour program shall have a maximum of ______ commercial

minutes outside Metro Manila.
A. 17
B. 8 min and 30 sec
C. 4 min
D. 1 min and 30 sec
18. A quarter-hour program shall not exceed ______ commercial minutes

outside Metro Manila.
A. 17
B. 8 min and 30 sec
C. 4 min
D. 1 min and 30 sec
19. A five-minute program shall have a maximum of ______ commercial

minutes outside Metro Manila.
A. 17
B. 8 min and 30 sec
C. 4 min
D. 1 min and 30 sec
20. Program interruption for the airing of commercial in Metro Manila shall
not exceed _____breaks in every program hour.
A. 5
B. 7
C. 6
D. 8
520
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
21. Program interruption for the airing of commercial outside Metro Manila
shall not exceed ____ breaks in every program hour.
A. 5
B. 7
C. 6
D. 8
22. In international sports events, the commercial load may be increased

upon the approval of the Board of Directors but in no case to exceed
_______ commercial minutes per hour.
A. 20 min
B. 15 min
C. 30 min
D. 25 min
23. Commercial placements of competing products, services or firms in radio

standards:
A. shall not be placed within the same cluster

B. can be placed in the same time cluster
C. can be placed in the same time cluster given there is a different
product in between
D. A and B
24. The following advertisements shall not be allowed:
A. Advertising which do not use superlatives, false claims and other

misleading expressions
B. Advertisements without violent scenes or messages which describe
or condone these acts
C. Advertisements which deliberately encourage wrong pronunciation
and grammar
D. All of the above
25. Any product and/or service that is sold or a service rendered within a
province.
A. Local product
B. Local account
C. Local merchandise
D. Local goods
521
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
26. The following are considered local accounts except:
A. Bowling Alleys
B. Painting shops
C. Barber shops
D. Drugstores with branches in another radio area or province
27. Within Metro Manila, Class A airtime classification in AM radio is within:
A. 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM

B. 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM / 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
C. 9:00 PM to 12 Midnight
D. 12:00 Midnight to 5:00 AM
28. Within Metro Manila, Class B airtime classification in AM radio is within:
A. 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM

B. 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM / 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
29. Within Metro Manila, Class C airtime classification in AM radio is within:
A. 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM

B. 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM / 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
30. Within Metro Manila, Class D airtime classification in AM radio is within:
A. 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM

B. 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM / 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
31. Within Metro Manila, Class A airtime classification in FM radio is within:
A. 6:00 AM to 8:00 PM
B. 5:00 AM to 6:00 AM / 8:00 PM to 9:00
D. 12 Midnight to 5:00 AM
522
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
32. Within Metro Manila, Class B airtime classification in FM radio is within:
A. 6:00 AM to 8:00 PM
B. 5:00 AM to 6:00 AM / 8:00 PM to 9:00
33. Within Metro Manila, Class C airtime classification in FM radio is within:
A. 6:00 AM to 8:00 PM
B. 5:00 AM to 6:00 AM / 8:00 PM to 9:00
34. Within Metro Manila, Class D airtime classification in FM radio is within:
A. 6:00 AM to 8:00 PM
B. 5:00 AM to 6:00 AM / 8:00 PM to 9:00
35. Outside Metro Manila, Class A airtime classification in AM radio is within:
A. 5:00 AM to 9:00 AM
B. 12 Noon to 2:00 PM
C. 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM
D. all of the above
36. Outside Metro Manila, Class B airtime classification in AM radio is within:
A. 9:00 AM to 12 Noon
B. 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM
C. 2:00 PM to 4:00 PM
D. all of the above
37. In Metro Manila, AM radio prime time is the time
A. 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM TO 8:00 PM

B. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
C. 4:00 PM TO 7:00 PM
D. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
523
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
38. In Metro Manila, FM radio prime time is the time
A. 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM TO 8:00 PM

B. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
C. 4:00 PM TO 7:00 PM
D. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
39. For provincial stations, AM radio prime time is the time
A. 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM
B. 4:00 PM TO 7:00 PM
C. 12 Noon to 2:00 PM
D. all of the above
40. For provincial stations, AM radio prime time is the time
A. 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM TO 8:00 PM

B. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
C. 4:00 PM TO 7:00 PM
D. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
41. For provincial stations, FM radio prime time is the time
A. 5:00 AM TO 9:00 AM / 4:00 PM TO 8:00 PM

B. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
C. 4:00 PM TO 7:00 PM
D. 6:00 AM TO 8:00 PM
42. It is required that during prime time only ______hours of the airtime
SHALL be allowed for block time programs under station responsibility
and supervision.
A. 1
B. 3
C. 2
D. 4
524
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
43. A KBP member whose station, block timer, independent producer or

employee covered by the Radio and Television Codes, has been found,
within a period of two (2) years or less, by final and executory judgment,
to have committed a combined aggregate total of five (5) violations of the
Radio and/or Television Codes.
A. Consistent Violator
B. Gambler
C. Habitual Violator
D. All of the above
44. In TV standards, every station shall schedule at least a minimum of

_____ newscast (aggregate total including advisories) per day from
Monday to Friday.
A. 30 min
B. 60 min
C. 45 min
D. 75 min
45. Text crawls, either electronic or manual, shall not be used for any other
purpose like:
A. news bulletins
B. last minute program changes
C. advisories in the public interest
D. advertisements
46. Commercial load for television in Metro Manila shall not exceed ____
minutes per hour in foreign or local programs, inclusive of breakspots.
A. 15
B. 18
C. 17
D. 20
47. The commercial load for provincial TV stations shall not exceed ____
minutes per program hour, whether foreign or local.
A. 15
B. 18
C. 17
D. 20
525
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
48. The penalty for airing commercial materials in excess of limitations in TV

standards will be:
A. equivalent amount of the commercial in excess plus 20% of the total

amount of the overload
B. equivalent amount of the commercial only
C. cost of commercials in the cluster
D. 20% of the total amount of the overload only
49. The penalty for airing back-to-back of direct competing products,

services or firms in the same commercial cluster in TV standards will be:
A. equivalent amount of the commercial in excess plus 20% of the total

amount of the overload
B. equivalent amount of the commercial only
C. cost of commercials in the cluster*
D. 20% of the total amount of the overload only
50. Advertising messages via electronic or manual means, either static or

crawl, shall only be allowed in the following exept:
A. all programs brought in from outside the Philippines via satellite

B. live sporting events
C. a regular commercial
D. none of the above
526
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
MEMORANDUM ORDER
No. 3-11-2005
SUBJECT: GUIDELINES FOR THE REGISTRATION OF
VoIP SERVICE PROVIDERS AND RESELLERS
Pursuant to MC 05-08-2005 (Voice over Internet Protocol), the National

Telecommunications Commission (NTC) hereby issues the following
guidelines for the registration of VoIP service providers.
1. A VOIP Service Provider shall refer to a person or entity providing VoIP

services to the public, directly or through resellers for compensation. Any
person or entity that intends to derive or source VOIP from a duly
registered VOIP provider under an agreement to resell the service
directly to retail end-user customers, shall register with the Commission
as a Reseller.
2. Entities intending to register as a VoIP service provider are required to

submit/pay the following documents/fees, in addition to those required to
be submitted/paid for VAS registration:
a. Certified true copy of the Securities and Exchange Commission

(SEC) Registration or Department of Trade and Industry (DTI)
Registration showing, among others, that the entity is at least sixty
percent (60%) owned by Filipino citizens, and that the paid up capital
is at least ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00);
b. Valid facilities/network lease agreement with duly authorized

facilities/network providers;
c. Valid interconnection agreements with duly authorized access

facilities/network providers, such as the local exchange network,
cellular mobile network, trunk radio network, broadband access
network, etc., where applicable under Section 4 of MC 05-08-2005;
and
d. List of cities and municipalities where the VoIP service will be offered;
e. Filing Fee: PhP 180.00;
f. Registration Fee: PhP50,000.00/year.
527
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3. Persons or entities intending to register as a VoIP service reseller are

required to submit/pay the following documents/fees, in addition to those
required to be submitted/paid for VAS registration:
a. Certified true copy of the Securities and Exchange Commission

(SEC) Registration or Department of Trade and Industry (DTI)
Registration showing, among others, that the entity at least sixty
percent (60%) owned by Filipino citizens;
b. Certified true copy of a reseller agreement with a duly registered

VoIP service provider;
c. Filing Fee : PhP 180.00;
d. Registration Fee: PhP5,000.00/year.
4. Certificates of Registration (COR) issued to VOIP Providers and

Resellers shall be valid for a period of one (1) year, and are renewable
thereafter.
5. Each VoIP service provider shall post a performance bond in the amount
of five million pesos (PhP 5,000,000.00) to guarantee the delivery of
VoIP service to the public. VOIP Resellers shall likewise post a
performance bond in the amount of one million pesos (PhP
1,000,000.00). The performance bond shall be from a registered
insurance or surety company preferably from the Government Service
Insurance System.
The performance bond shall be for the duration of the validity of the
certificate of registration as a VoIP service provider or reseller. These
entities shall at all time be covered by a performance bond. The
performance bond shall be forfeited in favor of the government in the
event that these entities fail to deliver VoIP service pursuant to NTC
rules and regulations.
6. Each registered VoIP service provider shall be assigned a VoIP service

prefix “09xx”. Only a user/customer/subscriber with an assigned VoIP
subscriber number shall be allowed to originate and/or receive VoIP
calls/traffic.
7. Only Duly registered VoIP service provider shall be allowed to offer VoIP
service using “Toll Free” service. Each registered VoIP service provider
528
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
offering this type of service shall be assigned a “Toll Free” access
telephone number “1801-xxx-yyyy”. Code “yyyy” shall be assigned to
duly registered VoIP service providers. Code “xxx” shall be assigned to
duly authorized local access network providers as follows:
Code Local Access Network Provider
100 – 199 PAPTELCO Members

200 Bayan Telecommunications, Inc.
201 Bell Telecommunications Phils, Inc.
203 Digital Telecommunications Phils, Inc.
204 Innove Communications, Inc.
205 Philcom Corporation
206 Phil. Long Distance Telephone Corp.
207 Pilipino Telephone Corporation
208 Telecom Technologies Philippines, Inc.
209 Telecommunications Office (CICT)
302 Express Telecommunications, Inc.
303 Globe Telecom, Inc.
306 Smart Communications, Inc.
400 – 404 3G Network Operators
8. All VoIP calls/traffic, outgoing and incoming, shall pass through duly
registered/authorized VoIP service providers.
These guidelines shall take effect immediately.
Quezon City, Philippines, 23 November 2005.
RONALD OLIVAR SOLIS

Commissioner
JORGE V. SARMIENTO
Deputy Commissioner
JAIME M. FORTES, JR.

Deputy Commissioner
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR
No. 07-08-2005
529
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SUBJECT: RULES AND REGULATIONS ON THE ALLOCATION

AND ASSIGNMENT OF 3G RADIO FREQUENCY BANDS
Pursuant to RA No. 7925 (Public Telecommunications Policy Act), Act No.

3846, as amended (Radio Control Law), and EO No. 546 series of 1979, the
following rules and regulations on the allocation and assignment of Third
Generation Mobile Telecommunications system (3G) radio frequency bands
are hereby promulgated.
SECTION 1. ALLOCATION OF RADIO FREQUENCY BANDS FOR

INTERNATIONAL MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS 2000 (IMT2000) OR
THIRD GENERATION (3G) MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS
1.1 The following frequency bands as identified by the International

Telecommunications Union (ITU) are hereby re-allocated for the use of
international mobile telecommunications (IMT2000) or 3G mobile
telecommunications in the Philippines and shall form part of the National
Radio Frequency Allocation Table (NRFAT), namely:
825 - 845MHz*
870 - 890 MHz*
1880 - 1900MHz
1920 - 1980MHz
2110 - 2170MHz
2010 - 2025MHz
The above-allocated frequency bands shall be made available for

assignment to not more than five (5) qualified public telecommunications
entities (PTE).
• These frequencies are currently assigned to existing CMTS

operators
530
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SECTION 2. TRANSFER OF AFFECTED USERS
2.1 The transfer of the affected duly authorized users of the herein allocated
3G radio frequency bands shall be governed by Section 603 of
Memorandum Circular No. 03-03-96.
SECTION 3. CRITERIA TO BE USED IN THE SELECTION OF

QUALIFIED PUBLIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENTITIES
3.1 Only entities with authorizations to install, operate and maintain cellular
mobile telecommunications system (CMTS) or 3 rd generation mobile
telecommunications system (3G) shall be accepted as applicants for the
assignment of herein allocated 3G radio frequency bands.
3.2 Existing duly authorized cellular mobile telephone service providers

opting to upgrade their networks to 3G shall qualify as applicants for the
assignment of 3G frequencies subject to the provisions of the applicable
Sections hereof, more particularly, Section 3.6 and Sections 4, 5, 6, and
7.
3.3 An entity intending to operate a 3G mobile telecommunications system

shall file its application for authority or certificate of public convenience
and necessity (CPCN) to install, operate and maintain a 3G mobile
telecommunications system to the Commission not later than thirty (30)
calendar days from the effectivity of this Circular. The applicant shall
possess the following minimum qualifications:
a. Holder of a valid Congressional franchise;
b. For new public telecommunications entities, the minimum paid -up

capital stock shall be PhP100 million;
c. For existing PTEs, debt to equity ratio shall be 70:30 with total
investments in the proposed CMTS or 3G networks of at least
PhP400 million already included in the calculation of the debt to
equity ratio; and
d. Must prove that it has the technical capability to install, operate and
maintain the proposed CMTS or 3G networks.
The applications shall undergo quasi-judicial process. The process shall

be completed within sixty (60) calendar days from date of the effectivity
of this Circular.
531
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3.4 The documentary as well as oral evidence submitted by applicants for

the assignment of the radio frequency bands for Second Generation
Mobile Telecommunications System (2G) (public mobile
telecommunications system or PMTS) networks shall be updated. The
process of updating shall be completed not later than sixty (60) calendar
days from date of effectivity of this Circular.
3.5 Entities with more than 50% of common stocks owned by the same
person or group of persons shall be considered as associated applicants,
at the time of application, and such entities shall be allowed to elect one
of them to proceed in the filing of application before the Commission.
3.6 Applications for the assignment of 3G radio frequency bands shall be

accepted not later than ninety (90) days from the effectivity of this
Circular. The qualified applicants shall be determined using the following
criteria:
a. For existing authorized PTEs, no outstanding unpaid supervision

and regulations fees (SRF), spectrum user fees (SUF), radio station
license fees, permit fees and all other fees imposed by the National
Telecommunications Commission (Commission) pursuant to law,
rules and regulations; and
b. Must submit a written undertaking that it shall interconnect with all

3G networks, cellular mobile telephone networks, local exchange
networks and all other public networks pursuant to existing laws,
rules and regulations on mandatory interconnection.
c. Must submit a written undertaking that it shall allow the sharing of its
network and facilities with other 3G players in areas where demand
does not allow more than one (1) 3G network operator.
d. Must submit written undertaking that it shall negotiate roaming

agreements with other 3G networks and existing duly authorized
CMTS service providers.
e. Must submit a written undertaking that it shall abide by the terms

and conditions set by the Commission in cases where its
negotiations for interconnection, sharing of networks and facilities
and/or roaming fail to reach agreements within ninety (90) days from
date of the start of negotiations for the same.
532
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
f. Must submit proof of track record in the operation of mobile
telecommunications systems particularly 3G networks.
g. Must submit a 5-year roll-out plan to cover at least 80% of the

provincial capital towns/cities and 80% of the chartered cities.
h. Must submit schedule of rates for the different types of 3G services
to be offered. The schedule shall be the maximum rates that can be
imposed within the first sixty (60) months from start of commercial
operations which shall not be later than thirty (30) months from date
of award of the 3G radio frequency bands.
3.7 Entities with applications for the assignment of the 3G radio frequency
bands may form a consortium. A consortium formed must provide the
details of all its members, including the details of their ownership and
control structure.
3.8 Applicants for the assignment of the herein allocated 3G radio frequency
bands shall be ranked based on their track record, roll-out commitments
and rates to charge from consumers/subscribers/users.
SECTION 4. DETERMINATION OF QUALIFIED APPLICANTS
4.1 The Commission shall, not later than one hundred fifty (150) calendar
days from the effectivity of this Circular, evaluate all applications for the
assignment of the 3G radio frequency bands and determine the best
qualified applicants using the criteria described in Sec. 3.6 of this
Circular. Within ten (10) days after the determination of the best qualified
applicants, the Commission shall send notices to all applicants of the
results of the evaluation.
SECTION 5. PERFORMANCE BONDS
5.1 All applicants for the assignment of 3G radio frequency bands shall post
performance bond equivalent to PHP300M. The performance bond shall
be submitted to the Commission not later than ninety (90) days from the
effectivity of this Circular.
SECTION 6. SPECTRUM USER FEES

6.1 The annual spectrum user fees (SUF) for the allocated and assigned 3G
radio frequency bands shall be:
FOR PAIRED 3G RADIO FREQUENCY BANDS
533
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
a. for the first 5MHz, the SUF shall be PhP5,000,000.00 per MHz;
b. for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
5MHz but not exceeding 10Mhz, the SUF shall be PhP8,000,000.00
per MHz;
c. for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
10MHz but not exceeding 15Mhz, the SUF shall be
PhP10,000,000.00 per MHz;
d. for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
15MHz, the SUF shall be PhP15,000,000.00 per MHz.
FOR UNPAIRED 3G RADIO FREQUENCY BANDS
a. for the first 5MHz, the SUF shall be PhP3,000,000.00 per MHz;
b. for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
5MHz but not exceeding 10MHz, the SUF shall be PhP6,000,000.00
per MHz;
c. for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
10MHz but not exceeding 15MHz, the SUF shall be
PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz;
d. or each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
15MHz, the SUF shall be PhP12,000,000.00 per MHz.
6.2 The SUF shall be paid not later than 31 January of each year. A penalty
of 25% shall be imposed if the amount is not paid within the prescribed
period. If the SUF due is not paid in full the 25% penalty shall be
imposed on the balance. Additional 1% per month penalty shall be
imposed on the outstanding unpaid SUF.
6.3 An additional SUF of PhP2M shall be imposed on each authorized 3G

network operator for every 100,000 additional subscribers/users in
excess of the first 4 million subscribers/users. The number of
subscribers/users to be used in the computation of the SUF for the
current year shall be based on the number of subscribers/users reported
by each authorized 3G network operator at the end of the immediately
preceding year or one-half (1/2) of the maximum capacity of the access
codes assigned as of the immediately preceding year; whichever is
higher.
6.4 Existing duly authorized cellular mobile telephone service providers

opting to upgrade their networks to 3G using their existing assigned radio
frequencies, and qualified pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, shall pay
annual SUF of PhP65M for the first 10MHz x 2 radio frequency band plus
PhP8M for each additional 1MHz x 2 or fraction thereof of radio
534
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
frequency in excess of the first 10MHz x 2. An additional SUF of PhP2M
shall also be imposed for every 100,000 additional subscribers/users in
excess of the first 4 million subscribers/users. The number of
subscribers/users to be used in the computation of the SUF for the
current year shall be based on the number of subscribers/users reported
at the end of the immediately preceding year or one-half (1/2) of the
maximum capacity of the access codes assigned as of the immediately
preceding year; whichever is higher. The SUF shall be paid not later than
31 January of each year. A penalty of 25% shall be imposed if the
amount is not paid within the prescribed period. If the SUF due is not
paid in full the 25% penalty shall be imposed on the balance. Additional
1% per month penalty shall be imposed on the outstanding unpaid SUF.
SECTION 7. OBLIGATIONS OF THE ASSIGNEES
7.1 The assignees shall comply with the following obligations:
a. within fifteen (15) days from the award of the 3G frequencies, they
shall remit to the Commission the SUF payments covering the year
when the award is made, and thereafter, pay the annual spectrum
user fees prescribed in Sec. 6 hereof;
b. increase the paid capital to PhP400 million not later than thirty (30)
days from date of assignment of 3G radio frequencies (for new
public telecommunications entities);
c. begin the installation and construction of the 3G network and

facilities not later than 12 months from date of award;
d. start commercial operation not later than thirty (30) months from
date of award;
e. cover at least 80% of the provincial capital cities and towns and 80%
of the chartered cities within sixty (60) months from date of award;
f. strictly comply with the schedule of rates submitted;
g. strictly comply with the prescribed service performance standards;
h. interconnect with all 3G networks, cellular mobile telephone

networks, local exchange networks and all other public networks
pursuant to existing laws, rules and regulations on mandatory
interconnection;
535
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
i. share its 3G network and facilities with other 3G players in areas

where demand does not allow more than one 3G network at
mutually agreed prices or at prices set by the Commission;
All assignees of 3G radio frequencies shall within one hundred

twenty (120) days from date of assignment of the 3G radio
frequencies shall jointly submit to the Commission list of areas
where sharing of networks and facilities shall be implemented
including the pricing for the use of the networks and facilities.
j. negotiate roaming agreements with other 3G networks and existing

duly authorized CMTS service providers;
Where parties fail to enter into a mutual agreement within ninety (90)
days from the start of commercial operations of the 3G operators,
the Commission shall prescribe the terms and conditions for
roaming. The terms and conditions for roaming prescribed by the
Commission shall only be effective for a period not exceeding three
(3) years.
k. submit application for authority to install, operate and maintain local

exchange lines or public calling stations in unserved and
underserved areas pursuant to Sec. 12 of RA7925 not later than
ninety (90) days from the assignment of the herein allocated 3G
radio frequencies; and
l. comply with all relevant laws and regulations.
SECTION 8. SANCTIONS
8.1 3G network operators shall at all times be updated in the payment of the
annual SUF. Failure to settle outstanding SUF after a reasonable period
of time from due date thereof, shall be ground for the recall of the
assigned 3G radio frequency bands.
8.2 The failure of 3G network operators to comply with any of the obligations
specified in Section 7 hereof shall be a cause for the cancellation of their
authority to provide 3G services, and for the recall of the assigned 3G
radio frequency bands.
SECTION 9. FINAL PROVISION
9.1 Any circular, order, memoranda or parts thereof inconsistent herewith

are deemed repealed or amended accordingly.
536
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
9.2 This Circular shall take effect fifteen (15) days after publication in a
newspaper of general circulation and three (3) certified true copies are
furnished the UP Law Center.
Quezon City, Philippines 23 August 2005.
RONALD OLIVAR SOLIS

Commissioner
JORGE V. SARMIENTO
Deputy Commissioner

Deputy Commissioner
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR
NO. 06-08-2005
537
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
SUBJECT: Frequency Band Allocations for Broadband Wireless

Access
WHEREAS, pursuant to RA7925 (Public Telecommunications Policy Act) and

its Implementing Rules and Regulations, the radio spectrum allocation and
assignment shall be subject to review in the interest of public service and in
order to keep pace with the development in the wireless technology with the
end in view of insuring a wider access to the limited radio spectrum and the
use of cost effective technology;
WHEREAS, the Commission is mandated to promote and sustain a healthy

competitive telecommunications environment;
WHEREAS, pursuant to RA 7925, the growth and development of

telecommunications networks and services shall be pursued;
WHEREAS, under the same Act, the Government shall allocate the spectrum
to service providers to meet public demand for telecommunications services;
WHEREAS, in line with the thrust of the government to promote and facilitate
the growth and development of information and communications technology
(ICT) throughout the country; and
Recognizing, that:
- ICT access, connectivity and development of ICT facilities, services and

skills are becoming more important in economies around the world,
improving efficiency and welfare and creating an equitable and efficient
information society;
- wireless access technology is one of the recognized solutions in

providing ICT access in developing and remote (rural), and
marginalized areas, hard and costly-to-reach areas using the
traditional wirelines, and, thus, prevent the widening of the digital divide;
- new advances in wireless technologies offering high-speed portable

and mobile connectivity can help bridge the widening digital divide;
- the World Summit of the Information Society (WSIS) Plan of Action to

which the Philippines is a signatory, has set out objectives to help
increase connectivity for unserved and underserved areas such as
remote and sparsely populated areas.
538
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
NOW, THEREFORE, in support of the government’s objectives to push the

country’s socio-economic agenda through information and communication
technologies and achieving the goal of digital inclusion, enabling universal,
sustainable, ubiquitous and affordable access to ICT by all, the National
Telecommunication Commission hereby re-allocates the following bands for
broadband wireless access for fixed, nomadic and mobile networks:
450 - 470 MHz.;

1900 - 1910 MHz;
1980 - 1990 MHz;
2400 - 2483 MHz;
2500 - 2700 MHz;
3400 - 3600 MHz
5150 - 5350 MHz;
5470 - 5850 MHz;
10150 - 10650 MHz;
The transfer of previously authorized persons or entities operating radio

stations within the above listed radio frequency bands shall be governed by
Rule 603 of MC 3-3-96.
REPEALING CLAUSE
Any circular, memorandum, order or parts thereof inconsistent with the

provision of this circular shall be deemed amended or superseded
accordingly.
EFFECTIVITY
This circular shall take effect (15) days after publication in a newspaper of
general circulation and three (3) certified true copies furnished the UP Law
Center.
Quezon City, Philippines, _23 AUGUST_, 2005.
RONALD OLIVAR SOLIS

Commissioner
JORGE V. SARMIENTO
Deputy Commissioner

Deputy Commissioner
539
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
NATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
BIR Road, East Triangle, Diliman, Quezon City
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR
No.: 04-07-2005
SUBJECT: EXTENSION OF THE UHF TV BROADCAST BAND
Whereas, under Rule 600 of the National Telecommunications Commission

(NTC) Memorandum Circular (MC) No. 8-9-95 (Implementing Rules and
Regulations of Republic Act No. 7925), the radio spectrum allocation and
assignment shall be subject to periodic review in the interest of public service;
Whereas, pursuant to Executive Order No. 546, Series of 1979, this

Commission is vested with the power to promulgate rules and regulations, as
public safety and interest may require, for purposes of encouraging a larger
and more effective use of communications, radio and television (TV)
broadcasting facilities, and maintaining healthy competition among radio and
television entities and/or operators;
Whereas, the existing UHF TV broadcast grantees/operators have utilized

and/or deployed their stations and/or networks in varying degrees of
performance and compliance;
Whereas, there is a need to review and rationalize the radio spectrum in

order to keep pace with the rapid and more recent developments in broadcast
technology;
Whereas, after due consideration, the re-classification of the 674 - 698 MHz
band to the UHF TV broadcast service is found to be consistent with the
rationalization plan of this Commission;
Wherefore, pursuant to the powers vested by law, and after due notice and
hearing, the Commission hereby extends the UHF TV broadcast band and for
this purposes hereby designates the 674 - 698 MHz band to and for the
utilization of tile UHF TV broadcast service, subject to Rule 603 of NTC
Memorandum Circular 3-3-96.
540
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Any circular, Order or Memorandum inconsistent herewith is deemed
superseded.
This Circular shall take effect Fifteen (15) days after its publication in a
newspaper of general circulation and three (3) copies furnished the University
of the Philippines (UP) Law Center.
Quezon City, Philippines,
(sgd.)
RONALD OLIVAR SOLIS
Commissioner
(sgd.)
JORGE V. SARMIENTO
Deputy Commissioner
(sgd.)
Deputy Commissioner
541
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR
NO. 03-03-2005
SUBJECT: RULES AND REGULATIONS ON BROADCAST

MESSAGING SERVICE
Pursuant to R.A. 7925, E.O. 546 series of 1979, and in order to address
consumer complaints, welfare and protection, the following rules and
regulations on broadcast messaging service are hereby promulgated:
Section 1 SCOPE
1.1 All Public Telecom Entities and content providers operating within the
Republic of the Philippines shall adhere to the requirement prescribed in
this circular.
1.2 This circular shall cover commercial and promotional advertisements,

surveys sent via Broadcast/Push messaging service.
1.3 This circular shall not cover emergency, distress, (and) public service
information messages, network advisories and consumer welfare and
protection related advisories.
Section 2 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
2.1 Broadcast Messaging Service – allows one to send the same SMS/MMS
messages to a large number of mobile phones.
2.2 Commission- refers to the National Telecommunications Commission.
2.3 Commercial advertisements – advertisements for the purpose of

soliciting business and to generate revenue.
2.4 Content Provider - an organization that creates and maintains databases

containing information from an information provider.
2.5 Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) – allows users to send and

receive messages containing images, videos, audio and text.
542
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
2.6 Opt-in – the subscriber has requested to be included on the specific list
to receive direct marketing through SMS or MMS.
2.7 Opt-out – unsubscribing from future unsolicited commercial and

promotional advertisements, surveys and other Broadcast/ Push
messages.
2.8 Promotional advertisements – advertisements designed to increase

visibility or sale of a merchandise or product.
2.9 Public Telecom Entities – any person, firm, partnership or corporation,

government or private, engaged in the provision of telecom services to
the public for compensation.
2.10Push Messages - Information transmitted to the mobile phone, either

subscribed or unsolicited messages, without a user request and are
initiated by the server of the content provider.
2.11Short Messaging Service (SMS) – a service for sending messages to

mobile phones that use Global System for Mobile Communications in
text format.
2.12 Spam Messages – unsolicited and unwanted commercial and

promotional advertisements and surveys.
Section 3 GENERAL MEASURES AND GUIDELINES ON PUSH

MESSAGING
3.1 Commercial and promotional advertisements, surveys, and other

Broadcast/Push messages shall be sent only to subscribers who have
prior consent or have specifically opted-in to receive said messages.
PTEs and content providers shall also provide methods for subscribers
who have opted-in to opt-out at some later date.
3.2 Broadcast/Push messaging shall not be sent between 9:00 PM to 7:00

AM except on paid subscription services.
3.3 A subscribers/recipient of Broadcast/Push messages shall not be

charged for the received SMS and/or MMS messages unless the
subscriber/recipient opted-in.
3.4 Subscribers/recipients who do not reply to Broadcast/Push messages

shall be considered to have opted out and such broadcast should be
stopped or subscribers may opt-out without being charged.
543
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
3.5 All broadcast messages shall display the name of the PTE. In the case
of Content Provider initiated messages, the Content Providers shall
indicate their company names.
3.6 PTEs and Content Providers shall include valid addresses or numbers to
which recipients can send requests to cease broadcast messages. They
shall also provide command/message to opt-out.
Section 4 HANDLING OF SPAM RELATED

COMPLAINTS
4.1 Complainants may file or phone in their complaints with concerned PTE
and PTE shall act on all complaints received in whatever form and
manner within thirty (30) days from receipt of such complaints.
4.2 Complainants who are not satisfied with the action of the PTE may bring
the matter to the Commission.
Section 5 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PENAL SANCTIONS
5.1 Non-compliance and/or violation of any of the provision of this Circular

and other laws, rules and regulations of this Commission shall subject
the violator/respondent to the imposition of appropriate administrative
and penal sanctions, in accordance with law.
Section 6 REPEALING CLAUSE
6.1 This supersedes any and all existing Orders, Circulars, Memoranda or
any part thereof inconsistent herewith.
544
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
Section 7 EFFECTIVITY
7.1 This circular takes effect fifteen (15) days after publication in a
newspaper of general circulation and three (3) certified copies furnished
the UP Law Center.
Quezon City, Philippines, ____15 March 2005________
RONALD OLIVAR SOLIS

Commissioner
KATHLEEN G. HECETA
Deputy Commissioner
JORGE V. SARMIENTO
Deputy Commissioner
545
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
TEST – 8-6
1. Refers to the guidelines for the registration of VoIP service providers and
resellers.
A. MC No. 3-11-2005
B. MC No. 07-08-2005
C. MC No. 06-08-2005
D. MC No. 03-03-2005
2. Refer to a person or entity providing VoIP services to the public, directly

or through resellers for compensation.
A. Internet Service Provider

B. VOIP Service Provider
C. Local Carrier Provider
D. PTE

pay a registration fee of:
A. P500 000/year
B. P5 000/year
C. P50 000/year
D. P5 000 000/year

pay a filing fee of:
A. P180
B. P550
C. P100
D. P1000
5. Under guidelines for the registration of VoIP service providers and

resellers, Certificates of Registration (COR) issued to VOIP Providers
and Resellers shall be valid for a period of _______, and are renewable
thereafter.
A. 1
B. 5
C. 2
D. 10
546
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

resellers, each VoIP service provider shall post a performance bond in
the amount of ______to guarantee the delivery of VoIP service to the
public.
A. P1 million
B. P4 million
C. P3 million
D. P5 million

resellers, each VoIP resellers shall post a performance bond in the
amount of ______to guarantee the delivery of VoIP service to the public.
A. P1 million
B. P4 million
C. P3 million
D. P5 million
8. Each registered VoIP service provider shall be assigned a VoIP service

prefix_____.
A. 09xx
B. 02xx
C. 05xx
D. 01xx

resellers, code “yyyy” shall be assigned to
A. duly registered VoIP service providers

B. duly authorized local access network providers
C. duly registered VoIP resellers
D. duly authorized Internet Service Provider
resellers, code “xxx” shall be assigned to _____.
A. duly registered VoIP service providers

B. duly authorized local access network providers
C. duly registered VoIP resellers
D. duly authorized Internet Service Provider
547
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
resellers, the code for local access 3G network provider is
A. 306
B. 303
C. 400
D. 405
12. Refers to the rules and regulation on the allocation and assignment of
3G radio frequency bands.
A. MC No. 3-11-2005
B. MC No. 07-08-2005
C. MC No. 06-08-2005
D. MC No. 03-03-2005
13. The standard name for 3G mobile telecommunications is
A. WCDMA
B. CDMA 2000
C. DECT
D. IMT 2000
14. All applicants for the assignment of 3G radio frequency bands shall post
performance bond equivalent to
A. PHP100M
B. PHP200M
C. PHP500M
D. PHP300M
15. The spectrum user fee FOR PAIRED 3G RADIO FREQUENCY BANDS
for the first 5MHz is ____.
A. PhP5,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP15,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP10,000,000.00 per MHz
548
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first 5MHz
but not exceeding 10Mhz is ______.
A. PhP5,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP15,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP10,000,000.00 per MHz
for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first 10MHz
but not exceeding 15Mhz is _______.
A. PhP5,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP15,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP10,000,000.00 per MHz
for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
15MHz______.
A. PhP5,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP15,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP10,000,000.00 per MHz
19. The spectrum user fee FOR UNPAIRED 3G RADIO FREQUENCY

BANDS for the first 5MHz is ____.
A. PhP3,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP6,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP12,000,000.00 per MHz

BANDS for each additional 1MHz or fraction thereof in excess of the first
5MHz but not exceeding 10Mhz is ______.
A. PhP3,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP6,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP12,000,000.00 per MHz
549
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

10MHz but not exceeding 15Mhz is _______.
A. PhP3,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP6,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP12,000,000.00 per MHz

15MHz______.
A. PhP3,000,000.00 per MHz

B. PhP8,000,000.00 per MHz
C. PhP6,000,000.00 per MHz
D. PhP12,000,000.00 per MHz
23. Under the rules and regulation on the allocation and assignment of 3G
radio frequency bands, an additional SUF of _____ shall be imposed on
each authorized 3G network operator for every 100,000 additional
subscribers/users in excess of the first 4 million subscribers/users.
A. 1M
B. 3M
C. 2M
D. 4M
radio frequency bands, existing duly authorized cellular mobile telephone
service providers opting to upgrade their networks to 3G using their
existing assigned radio frequencies, shall pay annual SUF of ______ for
the first 10MHz x 2 radio frequency band plus _____ for each additional
1MHz x 2 or fraction thereof of radio frequency in excess of the first
10MHz x 2.
A. PhP65M ;PhP8M
B. PhP15M ;PhP2M
C. PhP35M ;PhP4M
D. PhP75M ;PhP10M
550
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
radio frequency bands, assignees shall begin the installation and
construction of the 3G network and facilities not later than ____ from
date of award;
A. 3 months
B. 9 months
C. 6 months
D. 12 months
radio frequency bands, assignees shall start commercial operation not
later than _____ from date of award;
A. 30 months
B. 90 months
C. 60 months
D. 120 months
radio frequency bands, assignees shall cover at least ____ of the
provincial capital cities and towns and ____ of the chartered cities within
____months from date of award;
A. 100%:90%:30
B. 80%:80%:60
C. 50%:50%:50
D. 40%:40%:60
28. Refers to the frequency band allocations for broadband wireless access.
A. MC No. 3-11-2005
B. MC No. 07-08-2005
C. MC No. 06-08-2005
D. MC No. 03-03-2005
29. Refers to the extension of the UHF TV broadcast band.
A. MC No. 3-11-2005
B. MC No. 07-08-2005
C. MC No. 06-08-2005
D. MC No. 04-07-2005
551
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
30. The range of frequencies reclassified for the extension of UHF TV

broadcast band under MC 04-07-2005 is______.
A. 54 – 88 MHz
B. 174 – 470 MHz
C. 674 - 698 MHz
D. 544 – 594 MHz
31. Refers to the rules and regulation on broadcast messaging service.
A. MC No. 3-11-2005
B. MC No. 03-03-2005
C. MC No. 06-08-2005
D. MC No. 04-07-2005
32. Allows one to send the same SMS/MMS messages to a large number of
mobile phones.
A. Spam
B. Multimedia Messaging Service
C. Broadcast Messaging Service
D. Short Messaging Service
33. Allows users to send and receive messages containing images, videos,
audio and text.
A. Spam
B. Multimedia Messaging Service
C. Broadcast Messaging Service
D. Short Messaging Service
34. The subscriber has requested to be included on the specific list to

receive direct marketing through SMS or MMS.
A. log in
B. subscribe
C. opt-in
D. sign in
552
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
35. Unsubscribing from future unsolicited commercial and promotional

advertisements, surveys and other Broadcast/ Push messages.
A. log out
B. unsubscribe
C. opt-out
D. sign out
36. Advertisements designed to increase visibility or sale of a merchandise

or product.
A. promotional advertisements
B. commercial
C. spam
D. push
37. Any person, firm, partnership or corporation, government or private,

engaged in the provision of telecom services to the public for
compensation.
A. Local carrier
B. ISP
C. VoIP provider
D. Public Telecom Entities
38. Information transmitted to the mobile phone, either subscribed or

unsolicited messages, without a user request and are initiated by the
server of the content provider.
B. commercial
C. spam
D. push
39. A service for sending messages to mobile phones that use Global
System for Mobile Communications in text format.
A. Spam
B. Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)
C. Broadcast Messaging Service (BMS)
D. Short Messaging Service (SMS)
553
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742
40. Unsolicited and unwanted commercial and promotional advertisements

and surveys.
B. commercial
C. spam
D. push
554
Loading Next Page

Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

Looking For FREE ECE/EE Online Review? Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Looking For FREE ECE/EE Online Review? Contact Us: 0939.926.3210 / 0927.843.8742

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHAPTER 8 LAWS AND ETHICS

GENERAL ENGINEERING & APPLIED SCIENCES

Obligation is a juridical necessity to give, to do or not to do. It comes from the

Nature of obligations under Civil Code

 Natural Obligations – based on morality, natural law and conscience,

 Prestation - consist in giving, doing or not doing something

 Active subject – person who can demand the performance of the

 Passive subject – the person from whom prestation is demandable or

 Contracts – the meeting of minds between two persons whereby one

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

 Quasi-contracts – the act of a person, permitted by law, by which he

 Acts or omissions punished by law – refers to a crime or a penal offense,

 Quasi-delicts – a legal wrong, committed through fault or negligence, on a

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

DIFFERENT KINDS OF OBLIGATIONS

 Pure and Conditional Obligations

Pure Obligations – one which is not subject to conditions nor does it

Conditional Obligations – is one which is subject to a condition

Two Kinds of Conditions

• Resolutory Condition – produces the extinguishment of an obligation

 Obligations With a Period – those whose consequences are subjected in

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

 Joint and Solidary Obligations

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

 Divisible and Indivisible Obligations

Indivisible Obligation – is one which is not capable of partial performance.

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

Three Classes of Divisions

 Obligations With a penal Clause

Definition of Penal Clause – an accessory undertaking to assume greater

Two Classifications of Penal Clause

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

10, 2007, A failed to pay B. In such case, B could

 By Payment or Performance – payment means not only the delivery of

 By the condition or remission of the debt – it is an act of liberality by which

Kinds of Condonation or Remission

 By the confusion or merger of the rights of creditor and debtor – it is the

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

• Judicial compensation – takes place when the court permits the

 By novation – it is the change, substitution, or renewal of an obligation or

• Personal novation – another person is sustained in place of the debtor

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

• consent of the parties

 Natural elements – are those the existence of which is presumed by law

 Accidental elements – consist of the unusual stipulation of the parties such

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

 Executed and Executory Contracts

Executed contract – is one that has already been performed

 Consensual and Real Contracts

Consensual contract – is one perfected by mere consent

 Unilateral and Bilateral Contracts

Unilateral contract – only one of the parties has an obligation

Limitations upon the right to contract

 Against morals – No contact may be entered into which is against virtuous

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

 Contrary to good customs – The contracting parties are prohibited from

ESSENTIAL REQUISITES OF CONTRACTS

 Consent – manifested by the meeting of the offer and the acceptance

 Object of Contracts – it may be things, rights and services

Looking for FREE ECE/EE online review?

 Cause of Contracts – the immediate, direct and proximate reason which

Classification of Contracts as to its Cause

Natural Obligations – based on morality, natural law and conscience,

Prestation - consist in giving, doing or not doing something

Active subject – person who can demand the performance of the

Passive subject – the person from whom prestation is demandable or

Contracts – the meeting of minds between two persons whereby one

Quasi-contracts – the act of a person, permitted by law, by which he

Acts or omissions punished by law – refers to a crime or a penal offense,

Quasi-delicts – a legal wrong, committed through fault or negligence, on a

Pure and Conditional Obligations

Obligations With a Period – those whose consequences are subjected in

Joint and Solidary Obligations

Divisible and Indivisible Obligations

Obligations With a penal Clause

By Payment or Performance – payment means not only the delivery of

By the condition or remission of the debt – it is an act of liberality by which

By the confusion or merger of the rights of creditor and debtor – it is the

By novation – it is the change, substitution, or renewal of an obligation or

Natural elements – are those the existence of which is presumed by law

Accidental elements – consist of the unusual stipulation of the parties such

Executed and Executory Contracts

Consensual and Real Contracts

Unilateral and Bilateral Contracts

Against morals – No contact may be entered into which is against virtuous

Contrary to good customs – The contracting parties are prohibited from

Consent – manifested by the meeting of the offer and the acceptance

Object of Contracts – it may be things, rights and services

Cause of Contracts – the immediate, direct and proximate reason which

Gratuitous Contract – the cause is the pure liberality of the giver.

Voidable Contracts – is one that possesses all the essential requisites of a

Unenforceable Contracts – a contract is said to be unenforceable when it

Void or Inexistent Contracts – one which is absolutely without legal force or

Moral Damages – includes physical suffering, mental anguish, fright,

Temperate or Moderate Damages – Temperate damages are such

Exemplary or Corrective Damages – damages which are given in